update from libc

sh-utils, and textutils, so that other packages can use the framework.

GNUmakefile

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
 ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
 
 include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.cfg
 include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
 
 else
@@ -25,3 +26,8 @@ all:
 	@exit 1
 
 endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.  This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

Makefile.cfg

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+## Customize Makefile.maint.
+
+move_if_change = move-if-change
+
+# List the hosts to which test releases are copied.
+# `a' and `b' are merely placeholders, and correspond to the
+# `a_' and `b_' prefixes of the following variables.
+hosts = a b
+a_host = alpha.gnu.org
+b_host = freefriends.org
+
+alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
+a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+
+# Files that `make wget-update' should update.
+wget_files = \
+  $(srcdir)/config.guess \
+  $(srcdir)/config.sub \
+  $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex \
+  $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c

Makefile.maint

@@ -11,19 +11,30 @@ maintainer-check:
 	$(MAKE) distcheck
 	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
 
-prev-version := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
-tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z)
+prev_version_file ?= .prev-version
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+
+tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]')
 tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
-tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(prev-version))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
 this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
 prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
+my_distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
 
 # Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
 po-check:
-	grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1
-	grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2
-	diff -u $@-1 $@-2
-	rm -f $@-1 $@-2
+	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
+	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
+	  grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2; \
+	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
+	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
+	fi
+
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+GZIP_ENV = --no-name
 
 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
@@ -47,21 +58,22 @@ null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
   AUTOHEADER=false \
   MAKEINFO=false
 
+# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
+# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
+# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
+# treated as a failure.
 t=./=test
 my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	mkdir $(t)
 	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
-# Removing $(DEPDIR) like this is a gross kludge to work around a bug
-# in automake.  Remove that line once it's fixed.
 	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
 	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
 	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
 	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
 	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
 	  && $(MAKE) check \
-	  && $(MAKE) distclean \
-	  && rm -rf $(DEPDIR)
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean
 	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
 	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
 	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
@@ -70,25 +82,16 @@ my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"
 
-THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
-# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
-PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr b-z a-y|sed 's/a$$//')
-PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
-v = Version
+# This must be the same name on both hosts.
+# Make it a symlink that points to the right place.
+real_dir = fetish-ftp
 
-a_host = alpha.gnu.org
-b_host = tug.org
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,$(hosts),ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
 
-alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
-a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
-b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
-
-a_real_dir = /fs/share/ftp/$(alpha_subdir)
-b_real_dir = /home/ftp/pub/$(alpha_subdir)
-
-url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
-
-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/M.*/MB/')
+xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/M.*/MB/')
 
 rel-check:
 	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
@@ -105,31 +108,34 @@ xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
 
 announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	@( \
-	  echo Subject: $(distdir) released; \
+	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
 	  echo; \
 	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
 	  done; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
 	  echo; \
 	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
 	  done; \
 	  echo; \
-	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the .tar.gz file"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo NEWS:; \
-	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/^\[$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
 	    | grep -v '^\['; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  find . -name ChangeLog \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
 	    | xargs cvs diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
 	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
-	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;'	\
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
 	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
 	)
 
@@ -142,19 +148,75 @@ writable-files:
 	done;								\
 	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
 
-alpha: writable-files po-check
+WGET = wget
+ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
+
+# Use mv, if you don't have/want move-if-change.
+move_if_change ?= move-if-change
+
+# The following pseudo table associates a local directory and a URL
+# with each of the files that belongs to some other package and is
+# regularly updated from the specified URL.
+wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config.guess $(srcdir)/config.sub \
+              $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c \
+	      $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+get-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
+
+config.guess-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+config.sub-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+
+ansi2knr.c-url_prefix = ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/ghost/
+
+texinfo.tex-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/
+
+standards.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+
+target = $(patsubst get-%, %, $@)
+url = $($(notdir $(target))-url_prefix)$(notdir $(target))
+
+.PHONY: $(get-targets)
+$(get-targets):
+	$(WGET) $(url) -O $(target).t \
+	  && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target)
+
+automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs@anoncvs.cygnus.com:/cvs/automake
+.PHONY: wget-update
+wget-update: $(get-targets)
+	for f in depcomp missing; do                                    \
+	  test -f $$f || continue;					\
+	  echo checking out $$f...;                                     \
+	  cvs -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$$f > $$f.t        \
+	    && $(move_if_change) $$f.t $$f;                             \
+	done
+
+define emit-rsync-commands
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+	echo 'for host in $(a_host) $(b_host); do \'
+	echo '  rsync -e ssh --pro -av $(xd-delta) $(my_distdir).tar.gz \'
+	echo '    $$host:$(real_dir); done'
+	echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+endef
+
+# Make sure that the copyright date in lib/version-etc.c is up to date.
+check-copyright:
+	@if test -f lib/version-etc.c; then \
+	  grep 'N_("Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' lib/version-etc.c > /dev/null \
+	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $<; update it' 1>&2; exit 1; }; \
+	fi
+
+alpha: writable-files po-check check-copyright
 	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
-	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(distdir)
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
 	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
 	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
 	cd $(release-archive-dir) \
 	  && xdelta delta -9 $(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta) || :
 	ln $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta) .
 	chmod a-w $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta)
-	@echo =====================================
-	@echo =====================================
-	@echo 'scp $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
-	@echo '  $(b_host):$(b_real_dir)'
-	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
-	@echo =====================================
-	@echo =====================================
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
+	cvs ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
+	@$(emit-rsync-commands)

THANKS

@@ -1,15 +1,23 @@
-This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
-The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
+These people have contributed to the GNU fileutils, textutils,
+and/or sh-utils packages.  Some have reported problems, others have
+contributed improvements to the documentation, actual code, and even
+complete programs.  Those contributions are described in the ChangeLog
+files.  If your name has been left out, if you'd rather not be listed,
+or if you'd prefer a different address be used, please let me know.
+Some old names and addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
 
 Achim Blumensath                    blume@corona.oche.de
 Adam Klein                          aklein@debian.org
 Akim Demaille                       demaille@inf.enst.fr
 Alain Magloire                      alain@qnx.com
+Alan Iwi                            iwi@atm.ox.ac.uk
 Alberto Accomazzi                   alberto@cfa0.harvard.edu
 aldomel                             aldomel@ix.netcom.com
 Alen Muzinic                        zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Alexandre Duret-Lutz                duret_g@epita.fr
 Alexey Solovyov                     alekso@math.uu.se
 Andre Novaes Cunha                  Andre.Cunha@br.global-one.net
+Andreas Gruenbacher                 ag@bestbits.at
 Andreas Jaeger                      jaeger@gnu.org
 Andreas Luik                        luik@isa.de
 Andreas Schwab                      schwab@suse.de
@@ -17,14 +25,17 @@ Andreas Stolcke                     stolcke@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU
 Andres Soolo                        andres@soolo.matti.ee
 Andrew Burgess                      aab@cichlid.com
 Andrew Dalke                        dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Pham                         andpha@us.ibm.com
 Andrew Tridgell                     tridge@samba.org
 Andries Brouwer                     Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
 Andy Longton                        alongton@metamark.com
+Antonio Rendas                      ajrendas@yahoo.com
 Ariel Faigon                        ariel@cthulhu.engr.sgi.com
 Arne H. Juul                        arnej@solan.unit.no
 Arne Henrik Juul                    arnej@imf.unit.no
 Arthur Pool                         pool@commerce.uq.edu.au
 Austin Donnelly                     Austin.Donnelly@cl.cam.ac.uk
+Axel Kittenberger                   Anshil@gmx.net
 Bauke Jan Douma                     bjdouma@xs4all.nl
 Bengt Martensson                    bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
 Bernd Leibing                       bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
@@ -33,6 +44,7 @@ Bill Peters                         peters@gaffel.as.arizona.edu
 Bjorn Helgaas                       helgaas@rsn.hp.com
 Bob McCracken                       kerouac@ravenet.com
 Bob Proulx                          rwp@fc.hp.com
+Branden Robinson                    branden@necrotic.deadbeast.net
 Brendan O'Dea                       bod@compusol.com.au
 Brian Kimball                       bfk@footbag.org
 Brian Youmans                       3diff@gnu.org
@@ -43,30 +55,37 @@ Carlos Canau                        Carlos.Canau@relay.puug.pt
 Charles Karney                      karney@pppl.gov
 Charles Randall                     crandall@matchlogic.com
 Chip Salzenberg                     chip@valinux.com
+Chris Sylvain                       csylvain@umm.edu
 Chris Yeo                           cyeo@biking.org
 Christi Alice Scarborough           christi@chiark.greenend.org.uk
-Christian Krackowizer               kra1@technodat.co.at
+Christian Krackowizer               ckrackowiz@std.schuler-ag.com
+Christian Rose                      menthos@menthos.com
 Christian von Roques                roques@pond.sub.org
 Chuck Hedrick                       hedrick@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
 Clark Morgan                        cmorgan@aracnet.com
 Colin Plumb                         colin@nyx.net
 Collin Rogowski                     collin@rogowski.de
+Dale Scheetz                        dwarf@polaris.net
 Dan Hagerty                         hag@gnu.ai.it.edu
+Dan Pascu                           dan@services.iiruc.ro
 Daniel Bergstrom                    noa@melody.se
+Darren Salt                         ds@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk
 David Dyck                          dcd@tc.fluke.COM
 David Godfrey                       dave@delta.demon.co.uk
+David Luyer                         david_luyer@pacific.net.au
 Dennis Henriksen                    opus@flamingo.osrl.dk
 Derek Clegg                         dclegg@next.com
 Dick Streefland                     dick_streefland@tasking.com
 Dirk Lattermann                     dlatt@t-online.de
 Dirk-Jan Faber                      djfaber@snow.nl
+Dan Jacobson                        http://www.geocities.com/jidani
 Don Parsons                         dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
 Donni Erpel                         donald@appc11.gsi.de
 Doug McLaren                        dougmc@comco.com
 Dragos Harabor                      dharabor@us.oracle.com
 Ed Avis                             epa98@doc.ic.ac.uk
 Edzer Pebesma                       Edzer.Pebesma@rivm.nl
-Eirik Fuller                        eirik@netcom.com
+Eirik Fuller                        eirik@hackrat.com
 Eivind                              eivindt@multinet.no
 Eli Zaretskii                       eliz@is.elta.co.il
 Emile LeBlanc                       leblanc@math.toronto.edu
@@ -77,6 +96,7 @@ Erik Corry                          erik@kroete2.freinet.de
 Felix Lee                           flee@teleport.com
 Fletcher Mattox                     fletcher@cs.utexas.edu
 Florin Iucha                        fiucha@hsys.mic.ro
+Frank Adler                         fadler@allesklar.de
 Frank T Lofaro                      ftlofaro@snooks.Egr.UNLV.EDU
 François Pinard                     pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
 Fred Fish                           fnf@ninemoons.com
@@ -89,6 +109,7 @@ Geoff Odhner                        geoff@franklin.com
 Gerhard Poul                        gpoul@gnu.org
 Germano Leichsenring                germano@jedi.cs.kobe-u.ac.jp
 GOTO Masanori                       gotom@debian.or.jp
+Greg Louis                          glouis@dynamicro.on.ca
 Greg McGary                         gkm@gnu.org
 Greg Troxel                         gdt@bbn.com
 Greg Wooledge                       gawooledge@sherwin.com
@@ -99,6 +120,7 @@ Hans Verkuil                        hans@wyst.hobby.nl
 Harry Liu                           rliu@lek.ugcs.caltech.edu
 Herbert Xu                          herbert@gondor.apana.org.au
 Holger Berger                       hberger@ess.nec.de
+Hon-Yin Kok                         hkok@yoda.unl.edu
 Hugh Daniel                         hugh@xanadu.com
 Ian Jackson                         ijackson@chiark.greenend.org.uk
 Ian Lance Taylor                    ian@cygnus.com
@@ -109,6 +131,8 @@ James Sneeringer                    jvs@ocslink.com
 James Tanis                         jtt@soscorp.com
 James Youngman                      james+usenet@free-lunch.demon.co.uk
 Jamie Lokier                        jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Jan Fedak                           J.Fedak@sh.cvut.cz
+Jan Nieuwenhuizen                   janneke@gnu.org
 Janos Farkas                        chexum@shadow.banki.hu
 Jarkko Hietaniemi                   jhi@epsilon.hut.fi
 Jeff Moore                          jbm@mordor.com
@@ -134,16 +158,22 @@ John Roll                           john@panic.harvard.edu
 John Salmon                         johns@mullet.anu.edu.au
 John Summerfield                    summer@OS2.ami.com.au
 Joost van Baal                      joostvb@xs4all.nl
+Jorge Stolfi                        stolfi@ic.unicamp.br
 Joseph S. Myers                     jsm28@cam.ac.uk
-jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
+Jungshik Shin                       jshin@pantheon.yale.edu
 Jürgen Fluk                         louis@dachau.marco.de
+jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
 Kai-Uwe Rommel                      rommel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de
+Kai Henningsen                      kai@debian.org
 Kalle Olavi Niemitalo               tosi@stekt.oulu.fi
 Kamal Paul Nigam                    Kamal_Paul_Nigam@gs35.sp.cs.cmu.edu
+Karl Eichwalder                     keichwa@gmx.net
 Karl Heuer                          kwzh@gnu.org
+Karl-Michael Schneider              schneide@phil.uni-passau.de
 Karsten Thygesen                    karthy@kom.auc.dk
 Kaveh R. Ghazi                      ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
 Keith Owens                         kaos@audio.apana.org.au
+Keith Thompson                      kst@sdsc.edu
 Ken Pizzini                         kenp@halcyon.com
 Kjetil Torgrim Homme                kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
 Kristoffer Rose                     kris@diku.dk
@@ -152,6 +182,8 @@ Lars Hecking                        lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
 Lehti Rami                          rammer@cs.tut.fi
 Leonard N. Zubkoff                  lnz@dandelion.com
 Lorne Baker                         lbaker@nitro.avint.net
+M. P. Suzuki                        mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp
+Maciej Kwapulinski                  pikpok@univ.gda.pl
 Manas Garg                          manas@cygsoft.com
 Manfred Hollstein                   manfred@s-direktnet.de
 Marc Boucher                        marc@mbsi.ca
@@ -162,10 +194,13 @@ Mark A. Thomas                      thommark@access.digex.net
 Mark D. Roth                        roth@uiuc.edu
 Mark Harris                         mark@monitor.designacc.com
 Mark Hewitt                         mhewitt@armature.com
+Mark Hounschell                     markh@compro.net
 Mark Kettenis                       kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Mark Nudelman                       marknu@flash.net
 Mark W. Eichin                      eichin@cygnus.com
 Markus Demleitner                   msdemlei@auriga.ari.uni-heidelberg.de
 Martin                              martin@dresden.nacamar.de
+Martin Gallant                      martyg@goodbit.net
 Martin Hippe                        martin.hippe@schlund.de
 Martin Mitchell                     martin@debian.org
 Martin P.J. Zinser                  zinser@decus.de
@@ -173,15 +208,22 @@ Marty Leisner                       leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
 Masami Takikawa                     takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
 Mate Wierdl                         mw@moni.msci.memphis.edu
 Matej Vela                          mvela@public.srce.hr
+Matt Perry                          matt@primefactor.com
+Matt Schalit                        mschalit@pacbell.net
 Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
 Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
 Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Smith                       matts@bluesguitar.org
 Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
+Mattias Wadenstein                  maswan@acc.umu.se
 Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
 Meelis Roos                         mroos@tartu.cyber.ee
 Michael ???                         michael@roka.net
 Michael Deutschmann                 michael@talamasca.ocis.net
 Michael Hasselberg                  mikelh@zonta.ping.de
+Michael Hohn                        hohn@math.utah.edu
+Michael J. Croghan                  mcroghan@usatoday.com
+Michael Steffens                    michael.steffens@s.netic.de
 Michael Stone                       mstone@debian.org
 Michael Stutz                       stutz@dsl.org
 Michael Veksler                     mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
@@ -195,6 +237,9 @@ Niklas Edmundsson                   nikke@acc.umu.se
 Noah Friedman                       friedman@splode.com
 Noel Cragg                          noel@red-bean.com
 Olav Morkrid                        olav@funcom.com
+Ole Laursen                         olau@hardworking.dk
+Oskar Liljeblad                     osk@hem.passagen.se
+Ørn E. Hansen                       oehansen@daimi.aau.dk
 Paul Eggert                         eggert@twinsun.com
 Paul Nevai                          nevai@ops.mps.ohio-state.edu
 Paul Sauer                          paul@alexa.com
@@ -210,12 +255,13 @@ Philippe De Muyter                  phdm@macqel.be
 Philippe Schnoebelen                Philippe.Schnoebelen@imag.fr
 Piergiorgio Sartor                  sartor@sony.de
 Piotr Kwapulinski                   kwap@univ.gda.pl
-Maciej Kwapulinski                  pikpok@univ.gda.pl
+Prashant TR                         tr@eth.net
 Rainer Orth                         ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
 Ralf W. Stephan                     stephan@tmt.de
 Ralph Loader                        loader@maths.ox.ac.uk
 Raul Miller                         moth@magenta.com
 Richard Braakman                    dark@xs4all.nl
+Richard Dawe                        richdawe@bigfoot.com
 Richard J. Rauenzahn                rrauenza@hairball.cup.hp.com
 Richard Sharman                     rsharman@magmacom.com
 Rick Sladkey                        jrs@world.std.com
@@ -233,7 +279,11 @@ Sander van Malssen                  svm@kozmix.ow.nl
 Santiago Vila Doncel                sanvila@unex.es
 Savochkin Andrey Vladimirovich      saw@msu.ru
 Scott Lurndal                       slurn@griffin.engr.sgi.com
+Soeren Sonnenburg                   sonnenburg@informatik.hu-berlin.de
+Stéphane Chazelas                   Stephane_CHAZELAS@yahoo.fr
+Stephen Eglen                       eglen@pcg.wustl.edu
 Stephen Gildea                      gildea@x.org
+Stephen Smoogen                     ??????????
 Steve McConnel                      steve@acadcomp.sil.org
 Stuart Kemp                         skemp@peter.bmc.com
 Tadayoshi Funaba                    tadf@kt.rim.or.jp
@@ -252,14 +302,17 @@ Torbjorn Lindgren                   tl@funcom.no
 Torsten Landschoff                  torsten@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de
 Ulrich Drepper                      drepper@gnu.org
 Urs Thuermann                       urs@isnogud.escape.de
+Vesselin Atanasov                   vesselin@bgnet.bg
 Vin Shelton                         acs@alumni.princeton.edu
 Volker Borchert                     bt@teknon.de
 Wayne Stewart                       wstewa@atl.com
+Wenjun Zheng                        zwj@yahoo.com
+Werner Almesberger                  Werner.Almesberger@epfl.ch
 Wichert Akkerman                    wichert@cistron.nl
 Will Edgington                      wedgingt@acm.org
 William Bader                       william@nscs.fast.net
 William Dowling                     will@franklin.com
 William Lewis                       wiml@omnigroup.com
 Wolfram Kleff                       kleff@cs.uni-bonn.de
+Won-kyu Park                        wkpark@chem.skku.ac.kr
 Zvi Har'El                          rl@math.technion.ac.il
-Ørn E. Hansen                       oehansen@daimi.aau.dk

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.aux
-fileutils.cm
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.cps
-fileutils.dvi
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.info
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.op
-fileutils.pg
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.vr
+coreutils.aux
+coreutils.cm
+coreutils.cp
+coreutils.cps
+coreutils.dvi
+coreutils.fl
+coreutils.fn
+coreutils.info
+coreutils.info*
+coreutils.ky
+coreutils.log
+coreutils.op
+coreutils.pg
+coreutils.toc
+coreutils.tp
+coreutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi

doc/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+2001-06-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (info_TEXINFOS): Reflect renaming: s/omni-/core/.
+	* coreutils.texi: Likewise.
+
+	* coreutils.texi: New, renamed from omni-utils.texi.
+	* omni-utils.texi: Removed, renamed to coreutils.texi.
+
+	* omni-utils.texi (ls invocation): Mention the effect of locale.
+	Reported by Keith Thompson.
+
+2001-05-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* texinfo.tex: Update from master source.
+
+	* omni-utils.texi (ls invocation): Document more clearly what ls
+	does when given no arguments.
+
+2001-05-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* textutils.texi: Remove file.
+
+	* Makefile.am ($(DVIS), $(INFO_DEPS)): Depend on $(EXTRA_DIST).
+	(DISABLED_constants.texi): New rule -- disabled for now.
+
+	This directory is now shared by fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils.

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
+info_TEXINFOS = coreutils.texi
 
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi constants.texi doclicense.texi
 
 # The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
 # If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
@@ -12,3 +12,25 @@ EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 # and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
+
+# Remove `DISABLED_' when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+DISABLED_constants.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c
+	LC_ALL=C \
+	sed -n -e 's/^#define \(DEFAULT_MAX[_A-Z]*\) \(.*\)/@set \1 \2/p' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+# Uncomment this when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+# MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = constants.texi
+
+$(DVIS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+$(INFO_DEPS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+# List words/regexps here that should not appear in the texinfo documentation.
+check-texinfo:
+	grep timezone $(srcdir)/*.texi && exit 1 || :
+	grep -w POSIX $(srcdir)/*.texi && exit 1 || :
+
+check: check-texinfo

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4g from Makefile.am.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,6 +11,8 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
+@SET_MAKE@
+
 SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
@@ -30,11 +33,9 @@ infodir = @infodir@
 mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
-
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-
 top_builddir = ..
 
 ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
@@ -46,28 +47,22 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
 PRE_INSTALL = :
 POST_INSTALL = :
 NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
 PRE_UNINSTALL = :
 POST_UNINSTALL = :
-
-@SET_MAKE@
 host_alias = @host_alias@
 host_triplet = @host@
-AMDEP = @AMDEP@
 AMTAR = @AMTAR@
 AWK = @AWK@
 CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
 CPP = @CPP@
-CXX = @CXX@
-CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
 DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
@@ -81,6 +76,7 @@ GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
@@ -103,19 +99,21 @@ POFILES = @POFILES@
 POSUB = @POSUB@
 POW_LIBM = @POW_LIBM@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SEQ_LIBM = @SEQ_LIBM@
 SQRT_LIBM = @SQRT_LIBM@
 U = @U@
 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
 USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
+_am_include = @_am_include@
+_am_quote = @_am_quote@
 install_sh = @install_sh@
 l = @l@
 
+info_TEXINFOS = coreutils.texi
 
-info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi constants.texi doclicense.texi
 
 # The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
 # If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
@@ -126,40 +124,38 @@ EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 # and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
+EXEEXT =
+OBJEXT = o
 subdir = doc
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
-CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-DIST_SOURCES = 
-TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
-DVIS = fileutils.dvi
-TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
-version.texi
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+INFO_DEPS = coreutils.info
+DVIS = coreutils.dvi
+TEXINFOS = coreutils.texi
+DIST_COMMON = ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti \
+	texinfo.tex version.texi
+all: all-am
 
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-GZIP_ENV = --best
-all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits  doc/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && \
+	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
+	  CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-
-$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/version.texi:  $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
 	@:
-
-$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	@echo "@set UPDATED `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: coreutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	@(set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/coreutils.texi`; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
 	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
 	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
 	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
@@ -169,18 +165,11 @@ $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
 mostlyclean-vti:
 	-rm -f vti.tmp
 
-clean-vti:
-
-distclean-vti:
-
 maintainer-clean-vti:
 	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
-fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
-fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
-
-
-DVIPS = dvips
+coreutils.info: coreutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+coreutils.dvi: coreutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 .texi.info:
 	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
@@ -195,62 +184,15 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.texinfo.info:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.texinfo:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.texinfo.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
-	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
-
-.txi.info:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.txi.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
-	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
-
-.txi:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+DVIPS = dvips
 .dvi.ps:
 	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
 
-install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
-	for file in $$list; do \
-	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
-	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
-	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
-	    else : ; fi; \
-	  done; \
-	done
-	@$(POST_INSTALL)
-	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
-	  for file in $$list; do \
-	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
-	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
-	  done; \
-	else : ; fi
-
-uninstall-info:
+uninstall-info-am:
 	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
-	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	@if (install-info --version && \
+	     install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
 	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
 	  for file in $$list; do \
 	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \
@@ -277,19 +219,14 @@ dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	done
 
 mostlyclean-aminfo:
-	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
-	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
-	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
-	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
-	  fileutils.cn fileutils.cm fileutils.ov
-
-clean-aminfo:
-
-distclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -f coreutils.aux coreutils.cp coreutils.cps coreutils.dvi coreutils.fl \
+	  coreutils.fn coreutils.ky coreutils.log coreutils.op \
+	  coreutils.pg coreutils.ps coreutils.toc coreutils.tp \
+	  coreutils.vr
 
 maintainer-clean-aminfo:
-	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	cd $(srcdir) && \
+	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  rm -f $$i; \
 	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
 	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
@@ -299,11 +236,18 @@ tags: TAGS
 TAGS:
 
 
-distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
 
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
-	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
 	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
 	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
 	    || exit 1; \
@@ -313,73 +257,132 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	    || exit 1; \
 	  fi; \
 	done
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
-info: info-am
-dvi-am: $(DVIS)
-dvi: dvi-am
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  top_distdir="${top_distdir}" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+	  dist-info
 check-am: all-am
 check: check-am
-installcheck-am:
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-exec-am:
-install-exec: install-exec-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
 
-install-data-am: install-info-am
+installdirs:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
 
 install-am: all-am
 	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-install: install-am
-uninstall-am: uninstall-info
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
-all-redirect: all-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
-installdirs:
-	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-
-
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
 mostlyclean-generic:
 
 clean-generic:
 
 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile.in
-mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am
-
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 clean: clean-am
 
-distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
 distclean: distclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	    else : ; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if (install-info --version && \
+	     install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
 
 maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
 
-.PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
-install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
-dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
-install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
-uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all install-strip \
-installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
-maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+	maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic dist-info \
+	distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+	maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti \
+	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
 
 
+# Remove `DISABLED_' when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+DISABLED_constants.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c
+	LC_ALL=C \
+	sed -n -e 's/^#define \(DEFAULT_MAX[_A-Z]*\) \(.*\)/@set \1 \2/p' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+# Uncomment this when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+# MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = constants.texi
+
+$(DVIS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+$(INFO_DEPS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+# List words/regexps here that should not appear in the texinfo documentation.
+check-texinfo:
+	grep timezone $(srcdir)/*.texi && exit 1 || :
+	grep -w POSIX $(srcdir)/*.texi && exit 1 || :
+
+check: check-texinfo
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:

doc/constants.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+@set DEFAULT_MAX_N_UNCHANGED_STATS_BETWEEN_OPENS 5
+@set DEFAULT_MAX_N_CONSECUTIVE_SIZE_CHANGES 200

doc/doclicense.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+@c -*-texinfo-*-
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.1, March 2000
+@ifnottex
+@menu
+* How to use this License for your documents::
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+@display
+Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+written document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+under the terms of this License.  The ``Document'', below, refers to any
+such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+addressed as ``you''.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.@*
+B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).@*
+C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+   Modified Version, as the publisher.@*
+D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.@*
+E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+   adjacent to the other copyright notices.@*
+F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.@*
+G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.@*
+H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.@*
+I. Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
+   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+   there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+   Version as stated in the previous sentence.@*
+J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+   it was based on.  These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.@*
+K. In any section entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
+   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+   and/or dedications given therein.@*
+L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.@*
+M. Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+   may not be included in the Modified Version.@*
+N. Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
+   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.@*
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all sections
+entitled ``Endorsements.''
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+compilation.  Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
+License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License provided that you also include the
+original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+between the translation and the original English version of this
+License, the original English version will prevail.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@node How to use this License for your documents
+@unnumberedsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+
+  Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
+  Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
+  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
+instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
+``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -30,27 +30,32 @@ or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion.  @dots{}
 --- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
 @end quotation
 
-This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
+This section describes the textual date representations that @sc{gnu}
 programs accept.  These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
 arguments to the various programs.  The C interface (via the
 @code{getdate} function) is not described here.
 
-@cindex beginning of time, for Unix
-@cindex epoch, for Unix
-Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since zero
-A.D., computer integers are not big enough for such a (comparatively)
-long time.  The earliest date semantically allowed on Unix systems is
-midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
+@cindex beginning of time, for @sc{posix}
+@cindex epoch, for @sc{posix}
+Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since the
+year zero, computer integers often cannot represent such a wide range of
+time.  On @sc{posix} systems, the clock starts at 1970-01-01 00:00:00
+@sc{utc}: @sc{posix} does not require support for times before the
+@sc{posix} Epoch and times far in the future.  Traditional Unix systems
+have 32-bit signed @code{time_t} and can represent times from 1901-12-13
+20:45:52 through 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}.  Systems with 64-bit
+signed @code{time_t} can represent all the times in the known
+lifetime of the universe.
 
 @menu
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
-* Calendar date items::             19 Dec 1994.
-* Time of day items::               9:20pm.
-* Time zone items::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
-* Day of week items::               Monday and others.
-* Relative items in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
+* Calendar date items::            19 Dec 1994.
+* Time of day items::              9:20pm.
+* Time zone items::                @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
+* Day of week items::              Monday and others.
+* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
-* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
+* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -95,6 +100,34 @@ When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
 numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
 allowed strings.
 
+@cindex language, in dates
+In the current implementation, only English is supported for words and
+abbreviations like @samp{AM}, @samp{DST}, @samp{EST}, @samp{first},
+@samp{January}, @samp{Sunday}, @samp{tomorrow}, and @samp{year}.
+
+@cindex language, in dates
+@cindex time zone item
+The output of @command{date} is not always acceptable as a date string,
+not only because of the language problem, but also because there is no
+standard meaning for time zone items like @samp{IST}.  When using
+@command{date} to generate a date string intended to be parsed later,
+specify a date format that is independent of language and that does not
+use time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}.  Here are some
+ways to do this:
+
+@example
+$ LC_ALL=C TZ=UTC0 date
+Fri Dec 15 19:48:05 UTC 2000
+$ TZ=UTC0 date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%SZ"
+2000-12-15 19:48:05Z
+$ date --iso-8601=seconds  # a GNU extension
+2000-12-15T11:48:05-0800
+$ date --rfc-822  # a GNU extension
+Fri, 15 Dec 2000 11:48:05 -0800
+$ date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %z"  # %z is a GNU extension.
+2000-12-15 11:48:05 -0800
+@end example
+
 @cindex case, ignored in dates
 @cindex comments, in dates
 Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates.  Comments may be introduced
@@ -113,7 +146,7 @@ specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:
 
 @example
-1972-09-24     # ISO 8601.
+1972-09-24     # @sc{iso} 8601.
 72-9-24        # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
                # 20xx for 00 through 68.
 72-09-24       # Leading zeros are ignored.
@@ -136,9 +169,9 @@ sep 24
 
 Here are the rules.
 
-@cindex ISO 8601 date format
-@cindex date format, ISO 8601
-For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
+@cindex @sc{iso} 8601 date format
+@cindex date format, @sc{iso} 8601
+For numeric months, the @sc{iso} 8601 format
 @samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
 @var{day} is a number between 01 and 31.  A leading zero must be present
@@ -186,7 +219,7 @@ day.  Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
 20:02:0
 20:02
 8:02pm
-20:02-0500      # In EST (Eastern U.S. Standard Time).
+20:02-0500      # In @sc{est} (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
 @end example
 
 More generally, the time of the day may be given as
@@ -206,6 +239,9 @@ or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
 indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
+(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
+as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
+which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
 
 @cindex time zone correction
 @cindex minutes, time zone correction by
@@ -214,10 +250,10 @@ expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
 of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
 forces interpretation of the time relative to
-Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}), overriding any previous
 specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
 part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
+is used.  This is the best way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.
 
 Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
@@ -229,119 +265,20 @@ but not both.
 
 @cindex time zone item
 
-A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
-but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
-for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
-Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the time zone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
+by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} or @samp{Z}
+for Coordinated Universal
+Time.  Any included periods are ignored.  By following a
+non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
+word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
+daylight saving time zone may be specified.
 
-Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
-hour value.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -1200
-@samp{Y} for militaries.
-@item -1100
-@samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@samp{W} for militaries.
-@item -0900
-@samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -0800
-@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
-@samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -0700
-@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
-@samp{T} for militaries.
-@item -0600
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
-@samp{S} for militaries.
-@item -0500
-@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
-@samp{R} for militaries.
-@item -0400
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
-@samp{Q} for militaries.
-@item -0300
-@samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -0200
-@samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -0100
-@samp{N} for militaries.
-@item +0000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
-@samp{UT} for Universal,
-@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
-@samp{WET} for Western European, and
-@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
-@item +0100
-@samp{A} for militaries,
-@samp{CET} for Central European,
-@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
-@item +0200
-@samp{B} for militaries, and
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
-@item +0300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +0400
-@samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +0500
-@samp{E} for militaries.
-@item +0600
-@samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +0700
-@samp{G} for militaries.
-@item +0800
-@samp{H} for militaries.
-@item +0900
-@samp{I} for militaries, and
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
-@item +1000
-@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
-@samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@samp{L} for militaries.
-@item +1200
-@samp{M} for militaries, and
-@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
-@end table
-
-@cindex daylight-saving time
-Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
-indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
-may be specified.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -0700
-@samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item -0600
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item -0500
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item -0400
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item -0300
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +0100
-@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
-@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
-@item +0200
-@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
-@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
-@item +1300
-@samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
-@end table
+Time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}
+are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
+are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
+Australia than in the United States.  Instead, it's better to use
+unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
+described in the previous section.
 
 
 @node Day of week items
@@ -409,7 +346,7 @@ The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
 signed number.  Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed.  No
 number at all implies 1 for a multiplier.  Following a relative item by
 the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
-multiplicator with value @math{-1}.
+multiplier with value @math{-1}.
 
 @findex day @r{in date strings}
 @findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
@@ -429,9 +366,9 @@ items, like in @samp{12:00 today}.  The string @samp{this} also has
 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
 
-When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross the boundary
-between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
-to the local time.
+When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
+where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight-saving time,
+the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.
 
 
 @node Pure numbers in date strings
@@ -439,8 +376,8 @@ to the local time.
 
 @cindex pure numbers in date strings
 
-The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number depends
-the context in the date string.
+The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
+on the context in the date string.
 
 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
 other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
@@ -468,13 +405,14 @@ year.
 @cindex Berets, Jim
 @cindex MacKenzie, David
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
+@cindex Eggert, Paul
 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
 (@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
 Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
 and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
-revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
-and others.
+revisions for the @sc{gnu} system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
+Paul Eggert and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.

doc/perm.texi

@@ -69,11 +69,12 @@ matter what group the user who creates them is in.
 @cindex sticky
 @cindex swap space, saving text image in
 @cindex text image, saving in swap space
-@cindex append-only directories
+@cindex restricted deletion flag
 save the program's text image on the swap device so it will load more
 quickly when run (called the @dfn{sticky bit}).  For directories on some
-systems, prevent users from removing files that they do not own in the
-directory; this is called making the directory @dfn{append-only}.
+systems, prevent users from removing or renaming a file in a directory
+unless they own the file or the directory; this is called the
+@dfn{restricted deletion flag} for the directory.
 @end enumerate
 
 @node Symbolic Modes
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ format:
 
 @noindent
 The spaces between the three parts above are shown for readability only;
-symbolic modes can not contain spaces.
+symbolic modes cannot contain spaces.
 
 The @var{users} part tells which users' access to the file is changed.
 It consists of one or more of the following letters (or it can be empty;
@@ -276,18 +277,8 @@ o+t
 
 Remember that the special permissions only affect files that are
 executable, plus, on some systems, directories (on which they have
-different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).  Using @samp{a}
-in the @var{users} part of a symbolic mode does not cause the special
-permissions to be affected; thus,
-
-@example
-a+s
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-has @emph{no effect}.  You must use @samp{u}, @samp{g}, and @samp{o}
-explicitly to affect the special permissions.  Also, the
-combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
+different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).
+Also, the combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
 
 The @samp{=} operator is not very useful with special permissions; for
 example, the mode:
@@ -437,7 +428,7 @@ This number is always interpreted in octal; you do not have to add a
 leading 0, as you do in C.  Mode 0055 is the same as mode 55.
 
 A numeric mode is usually shorter than the corresponding symbolic
-mode, but it is limited in that it can not take into account a file's
+mode, but it is limited in that it cannot take into account a file's
 previous permissions; it can only set them absolutely.
 
 On most systems, the permissions granted to the user,

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{1999-09-25.10}
+\def\texinfoversion{2001-05-24.08}
 %
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
-% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
+%               2000, 01 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -170,6 +170,16 @@
 }%
 \fi
 
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+% 
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
 % For @cropmarks command.
 % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
 %
@@ -214,6 +224,9 @@
     \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
                    % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
     \shipout\vbox{%
+      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+      %
       \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
         \hsize = \outerhsize
         \vskip-\topandbottommargin
@@ -243,8 +256,6 @@
         \unvbox\footlinebox
       \fi
       %
-      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
-      %
       \ifcropmarks
           \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
         \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
@@ -687,16 +698,54 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
 
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
-  \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+% 
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}
 
 % @include file    insert text of that file as input.
 % Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
@@ -885,13 +934,17 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     \fi
       \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
       \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
-      {#1.pdf}%
+      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+	 #1.pdf%
+       \else
+         {#1.pdf}%
+       \fi
     \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
       \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
     \fi}
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz}
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1} xyz}
   \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
-  \let\linkcolor = \Cyan
+  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
   \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
   % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
   % come from Petr Olsak
@@ -906,7 +959,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
       \closein 1 
       \indexnofonts
       \def\tt{}
-      % thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks  
+      \let\_ = \normalunderscore
+      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks  
       \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
       \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
       %
@@ -986,6 +1040,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \def\pdfurl#1{%
     \begingroup
       \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+      \let\value=\expandablevalue
       \leavevmode\Red
       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
         user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
@@ -1670,7 +1725,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }
 
 % Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
 \def\today{%
   \number\day\space
   \ifcase\month
@@ -1679,6 +1737,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
   \fi
   \space\number\year}
+\fi
 
 % @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
 % It generates no output of its own.
@@ -2587,42 +2646,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 % @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-
+%
 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
 
 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
 \def\newcodeindex#1{%
   \iflinks
     \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
     \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
   \fi
   \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
 }
 
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
 
 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
+% 
 % @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
 % inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
+% 
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+  % closing the target index.
+  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+  \fi
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
 }
 
 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
@@ -2854,16 +2919,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
         % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
         \toks0 = {#2}%
         %
-        % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
-        % string.  And include a space.
+        % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+        % line to write.
         \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
-          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0{#3}}%
         \fi
         %
-        % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key
-        % and the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-        % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to
-        % two when writing the .??s sorted result.
+        % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+        % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+        % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+        % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+        % sorted result.
         \edef\temp{%
           \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
             \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
@@ -3085,11 +3151,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
 
 \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-
-\def\secondary #1#2{
-{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
-\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
-\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+  \parfillskip=0in
+  \parskip=0in
+  \hangindent=1in
+  \hangafter=1
+  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+  \else
+    #2
+  \fi
+  \par
 }}
 
 % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
@@ -3149,7 +3222,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   %
   % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
   % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
   \vsize = 2\vsize
 }
 
@@ -3163,6 +3235,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % previous page.
   \dimen@ = \vsize
   \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
   %
   % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
   \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
@@ -3170,15 +3243,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \unvbox255
   \penalty\outputpenalty
 }
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
 \def\pagesofar{%
-  % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-  % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
   \unvbox\partialpage
   %
   \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
   \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
   \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
 }
+% 
+% All done with double columns.
 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
   \output = {%
     % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
@@ -3203,8 +3279,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
   \pagegoal = \vsize
 }
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
 \def\balancecolumns{%
-  % Called at the end of the double column material.
   \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
   \dimen@ = \ht0
   \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
@@ -4080,9 +4157,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
 % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
 %
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty < 10000
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
+      \penalty-50
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}
 
 \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
 
@@ -4265,6 +4350,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \gobble
 }
 
+
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
 % and narrows the margins.
 %
@@ -4287,6 +4373,158 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, 
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique 
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a 
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, 
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+  \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\\=12
+    \catcode`~=12
+    \catcode`^=12
+    \catcode`_=12
+    \catcode`|=12
+    \catcode`<=12
+    \catcode`>=12
+    \catcode`+=12
+    \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+     % Restore active chars for included file.
+  \endgroup
+  \begingroup
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+  \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
 \message{defuns,}
 % @defun etc.
 
@@ -4710,7 +4948,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
   \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
   \begingroup
-    \defname{#3}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+            {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
     \defvarargs{#3}%
   \endgroup
 }
@@ -5628,7 +5867,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
     \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
     \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
     \begingroup
-      \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+      \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
+      \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
       % If the image is by itself, center it.
       \ifvmode
         \nobreak\bigskip
@@ -5740,6 +5980,15 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \setemergencystretch
 }
 
+% Use `small' versions.
+% 
+\def\smallenvironments{%
+  \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
+  \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
+  \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
+  \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
+}
+
 % @letterpaper (the default).
 \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
   \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
@@ -5762,11 +6011,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
   \deftypemargin = 0pt
   \defbodyindent = .5cm
-  %
-  \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
-  \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
-  \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
-  \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
+  \smallenvironments
 }}
 
 % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
@@ -5780,6 +6025,26 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \hfuzz = 1pt
 }}
 
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \setleading{12.5pt}%
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{166mm}{120mm}{\voffset}{-8mm}{\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+  \tolerance = 800
+  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0mm
+  \deftypemargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 2mm
+  \tableindent = 12mm
+  %
+  \smallenvironments
+}}
+
 % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.  Top margin
 % 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
 \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
@@ -5794,7 +6059,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
 \def\afourwide{%
   \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+  \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
   %
   \globaldefs = 0
 }

lib/.gdb-history

@@ -217,3 +217,13 @@ p delta
 n
 p Start
 q
+b dir_name
+r
+n
+p slash
+n
+n
+n
+p slash
+p slash - path + 1
+q

lib/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,839 @@
+2001-06-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.c: Update from GNU libc.
+
+2001-05-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* readutmp.h (UT_TYPE): Define.
+
+2001-05-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* argmatch.c: Include "quote.h".
+	(argmatch_invalid): Remove explicit `' quotes.  Instead, use the
+	quote function.  Reported by Göran Uddeborg.
+
+2001-05-20  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name): Compute append_dot using path, not newpath
+	which is not yet declared.
+
+2001-05-11  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES):
+	Add strftime.c, since we now compile it on all hosts.
+
+	* lib/strftime.c (my_strftime):
+	Define to nstrftime if emacs, but only if my_strftime is not defined.
+	(extra_args, extra_args_spec, extra_args_spec_iso): Rename from
+	ut_argument, ut_argument_spec, ut_argument_spec_iso, respectively.
+	Add one more extra argument: a nanoseconds value.
+	All uses changed.
+	(ns): New macro.
+	(my_strftime function): Add %N format.
+	(emacs_strftimeu): Renamed from emacs_strftime,
+	with extra ut argument.
+
+2001-05-11  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	dirname code cleanup.  base_name now behaves more compatibly
+	with POSIX basename when given file names that have trailing
+	slashes, and similarly for dir_name.  Add new primitives
+	base_len and dir_len.  Put the directory-name-related decls
+	into dirname.h.
+
+	* addext.c (ISSLASH, base_name): Remove; now in dirname.h.
+	* backupfile.c (base_name): Likewise.
+	* basename.c (FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN, PARAMS, ISSLASH): Likewise.
+	* dirname.c (FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN, ISSLASH): Likewise.
+	* makepath.c (strip_trailing_slashes): Likewise.
+	* path-concat.c (DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR, FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN, ISSLASH):
+	Likewise.
+	* rename.c (strip_trailing_slashes): Likewise.
+	* same.c (base_name): Likewise.
+	* stripslash.c (ISSLASH): Likewise.
+
+	* addext.c: Include <dirname.h> after size_t is defined.
+	* backupfile.c: Likewise.
+
+	* addext.c (addext): Use base_len to trim redundant
+	trailing slashes instead of doing it ourselves.
+	But do not trim the last slash if it is not redundant.
+
+	* backupfile.c (find_backup_file_name,
+	max_backup_version): Use base_len instead of rolling it ourselves.
+	Handle the case of "" and (on DOS) "C:" correctly.
+
+	* basename.c: Do not include <stdio.h>, <assert.h>; no longer needed.
+	Include <string.h>, <dirname.h>.
+	(base_name): Allow file names ending in slashes, other than names
+	that are all slashes.  In this case, return the basename followed
+	by the slashes.  This is more general, and can be used in places
+	where the original base_name purposely had an assertion failure.
+	(base_len): New function.
+
+	* dirname.c: Include <string.h> instead of <stdlib.h>.
+	Do not include <assert.h>; no longer needed.
+	Include xalloc.h.
+	(memrchr): Remove decl.
+	(dir_name_r): Remove.
+	(dir_len): Renamed from dirlen.  All callers changed.
+	Rewrite in terms of base_name, for simplicity and consistency.
+	(dir_name): Never return NULL.  All callers changed.
+	Do not include <stdlib.h> in test program; no longer needed.
+	return 0; is fine for test program.
+
+	* dirname.h (DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR, ISSLASH, FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN):
+	New macros.
+	(base_name, base_len, dir_len, strip_trailing_slashes): New decls.
+
+	* path-concat.c (path_concat): Use base_len to compute
+	base length, not strlen; this means we cannot rely on memcpy
+	to null-terminate.
+
+	* same.c (STREQ): Remove.
+	(same_name): Handle the case where the basename ends in trailing '/'.
+
+	* stripslash.c (strip_trailing_slashes): Return nonzero if
+	a slash was stripped.  Do not strip the last slash after a
+	file system prefix.
+
+2001-04-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getdate.y (get_date): Set tm_isdst to -1 to ensure that it is
+	recomputed; that's necessary when the offset spans a DST transition.
+	Patch by David J. MacKenzie.  Reported by Hon-Yin Kok.
+
+2001-04-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.h, regex.c: Update from GNU libc.
+
+2001-03-19  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* version-etc.c (version_etc_copyright): Update to 2001.
+
+2001-03-16  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* tempname.c (uint64_t): Define to uintmax_t if
+	not defined, and if UINT64_MAX is not defined.
+	Required at least for Vax Ultrix4.3, which doesn't define uint64_t.
+	Reported by John David Anglin.
+
+2001-03-10  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* localcharset.c (locale_charset): Allow wildcard syntax. Also resolve
+	alias if codeset is empty.
+	* config.charset (BeOS): Use wildcard syntax.
+
+2001-03-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* path-concat.c (path_concat) [FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX]:
+	Don't insert a backslash when concatenating e.g., `C:' and `foo'.
+	From Bruno Haible.
+
+2001-03-06  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* localcharset.c (locale_charset): Don't use setlocale(LC_CTYPE,NULL).
+	Don't return NULL.
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Simplify accordingly.
+
+2001-03-06  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Update for FreeBSD 4.2 and OSF/1 5.1. Add
+	support for DOS/DJGPP.
+
+2001-02-28  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES):
+	Add dup-safer.c, fopen-safer.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add stdio-safer.h, unistd-safer.h.
+
+	* dup-safer.c, fopen-safer.c, stdio-safer.h,
+	lib/unistd-safer.h: New files.
+
+2001-02-25  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	The mkstemp replacement is taken from glibc 2.2.2, with some
+	portability fixes for use outside glibc, as follows:
+
+	* tempname.c (struct_stat64): New macro.
+	(direxists, __gen_tempname): Use it.
+	This avoids a portability problem with Solaris 8.
+
+	* tempname.c (<config.h>): Include if HAVE_CONFIG_H.
+	(<stddef.h>, <stdint.h>, <string.h>):
+	Include only if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC.
+	(<fcntl.h>): Include only if HAVE_FCNTL_H || _LIBC.
+	(<unistd.h>): Include only if HAVE_UNISTD_H || _LIBC.
+	(<sys/time.h>): Include only if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H || _LIBC.
+	(__set_errno): Define this macro if <errno.h> doesn't.
+	(P_tmpdir, TMP_MAX, __GT_FILE, __GT_BIGFILE, __GT_DIR, __GT_NOCREATE):
+	Define these macros if <stdio.h> doesn't.
+	(S_ISDIR, S_IRUSR, S_IWUSR, S_IXUSR):
+	Define these macros if <sys/stat.h>
+	doesn't.  Ignore <sys/stat.h> S_ISDIR if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.
+	(stat64, __getpid, __gettimeofday, __mkdir, __open, __open64, lxstat64,
+	__xstat64): Define if not _LIBC.
+	(__secure_getenv): Define if ! (HAVE___SECURE_GETENV || _LIBC).
+	(__gen_tempname): Invoke gettimeofday only if
+	HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY || _LIBC;
+	otherwise, fall back on plain "time".
+	Use macros like S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR rather than octal values like 0600.
+
+	* mkstemp.c (__GT_FILE): Define to zero if not defined.
+
+	* mkstemp.c, tempname.c: New files, taken from glibc 2.2.2.
+
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strtoul.c: Sync from GNU libc.  Use double quotes, not <...>
+	around included file name.
+
+	* strnlen.c (__strnlen): Merge in a change from GNU libc.
+
+	* strftime.c: Update from GNU libc (the only changes were to comments).
+
+2001-02-13  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbswidth.h (mbswidth): Also define as macro, to avoid prototype clash.
+
+2001-02-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbswidth.c, quotearg.c (mbrtowc, mbsinit):
+	Remove workaround macros for hosts that have mbrtowc but not
+	mbstate_t, as we now insist on proper declarations for both
+	before using mbrtowc.
+
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+
+2001-02-16  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* alloca.c (malloc): Undef before defining, since stdlib.h
+	may have defined it.  Needed for Encore Umax-3.0.9.16b systems.
+	Reported by Mark Hounschell via Paul Eggert.
+
+2001-01-30  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Update for FreeBSD 4.2.
+
+2001-01-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Include stddef.h.
+	* quote.c: Include stddef.h.
+	Reported by Axel Kittenberger.
+
+	* xmalloc.c [HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK]: Enclose error-evoking
+	line in double quotes so that it evokes a better diagnostic.
+	[HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK]: Likewise.
+	Reported by Axel Kittenberger.
+
+2001-01-15  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Cast the second iconv() arg,
+	to avoid a warning.  Add back 'const' to inptr.
+
+2001-01-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* basename.c: Include <stdio.h>, needed by assert on SunOS4.
+	From Bruno Haible.
+
+2001-01-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rename.c: New file.  From Volker Borchert.
+	Include stdlib.h, string.h or strings.h, and xalloc.h.
+	Use strip_trailing_slashes rather than open-coding it.
+
+2001-01-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* strftime.c: Sync with glibc time/strftime.c 1.81.
+
+2001-01-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Remove `const' from declaration of
+	local `inptr' to avoid warning with some system declarations of iconv.
+
+2000-12-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* modechange.c: Do not assume that mode_t uses the
+	traditional octal encoding.  E.g. "chmod 1 FOO" should set
+	the other-execute bit of FOO even if S_IXOTH != 1.
+
+	(SUID, SGID, SVTX, RUSR, WUSR, XUSR, RGRP, WGRP, XGRP, ROTH,
+	WOTH, XOTH, ALLM): New macros.
+	(S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX, S_IRUSR, S_IWUSR, S_IXUSR,
+	 S_IRGRP, S_IWGRP, S_IXGRP, S_IROTH, S_IWOTH, S_IXOTH):
+	Use them.
+	(S_ISGID): Fix typo; it was defaulting to the same value as S_ISUID.
+	(S_IRWXU, S_IRWXG, S_IRWXO): Specify defaults in terms of the above.
+	(mode_compile):
+	No need to use uintmax_t; unsigned long is long enough.
+	Don't bother to get suffix since we don't use it.
+
+2000-12-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hash.c (is_prime): Return explicit boolean values.
+	(hash_get_first): Return NULL to appease Irix5.6's 89.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* localcharset.c (locale_charset): Add support for Win32.
+
+2000-12-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* physmem.h, physmem.c: New files.
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add physmem.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add physmem.h.
+
+	* xstrtol.c (__xstrtol): Add undocumented suffixes 'g' and
+	't' for compatibility with Solaris 8 sort.
+
+2000-12-18  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add support for BeOS.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getusershell.c [!SHELLS_FILE && __DJGPP__]: Define
+	SHELLS_FILE to a file name that's useful on djgpp systems.
+	Include stdlib.h.
+	(ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS): Define.
+	(default_shells): Prepend ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS.
+	Based mostly on a patch from Prashant TR.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	This bug had a serious impact on chown: `chown N:M FILE' (for integer
+	N and M) would have treated it like `chown N:N FILE'.
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Fix typo: s/u/g/.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add ISO-8859-3, BIG5HKSCS, GB18030, JOHAB, VISCII,
+	CP874, CP949, CP950, CP1250, CP1253, CP1254, CP1255, CP1256, CP1257
+	to the list of canonical encodings. Rename EUC-CN to GB2312.
+
+2000-12-08  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@suse.de>
+
+	* mbswidth.c (mbsnwidth): Don't loop endlessly when called with an
+	invalid mulitbyte sequence and with the MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID flag set.
+
+2000-12-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* stripslash.c (ISSLASH): Define.
+	(strip_trailing_slashes): Use ISSLASH rather than comparing against `/'.
+	From Prashant TR.
+
+	* dirname.c (FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN): Define.
+	(dir_name_r): Declare this function as static.
+	[BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR]: Fix a bug that'd
+	manifest itself on a name containing a mix of slashes and
+	backslashes.
+	Make this function work with names starting with a DOS-style
+	drive letter and colon prefix.
+	(dir_name): Append `.' if necessary.
+	Based mostly on patches from Prashant TR and Eli Zaretskii.
+
+	* dirname.h (dir_name_r): Remove prototype.
+
+2000-12-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): Add `const' in a few local declarations.
+
+2000-12-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* path-concat.c: [!HAVE_DECL_MALLOC]: Declare malloc.
+	Also include memory.h, stdlib.h, unistd.h if appropriate.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger (conflicting declaration of malloc).
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.h: Make idempotent, to avoid some obscure warnings.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* memrchr.c: Include <config.h> before any system include file.
+
+2000-11-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): Fix typo: int -> size_t.
+
+2000-11-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* memcoll.c: Include sys/types.h.  From Werner Almesberger.
+
+2000-11-22  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* strftime.c (my_strftime): Do not invoke mbrlen with a
+	size of (size_t) -1; it's not portable.
+
+2000-11-17  Akim Demaille  <akim@epita.fr>
+
+	* obstack.h: Formatting changes.
+	(obstack_grow, obstack_grow0): Don't cast WHERE at all: that would
+	prevent type checking.
+	(obstack_ptr_grow, obstack_ptr_grow_fast): When assigning, don't
+	cast the value to (void *): assigning a `foo *' to a `void *'
+	variable is valid.
+	(obstack_int_grow, obstack_int_grow_fast): Don't cast AINT to int.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strstr.c: Update from GNU libc.
+
+2000-11-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strverscmp.c: Incorporate weak-alias-related changes from glibc.
+
+2000-11-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* error.c: Add a couple #includes, merging from GNU libc version.
+
+2000-11-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* obstack.h: Update from GNU libc.
+	* obstack.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* getusershell.c (setusershell): Use rewind rather than
+	fseek/fseeko, to avoid configuration hassles with fseeko.
+	Don't bother opening SHELLS_FILE if shellstream is NULL;
+	it's not necessary.
+
+2000-11-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.h (make_dir): Declare.
+	* makepath.c (make_dir): Remove `static' attribute.
+	Tweak a comment.
+
+2000-11-04  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* hash.c (hash_get_next): Fix a thinko:  when ENTRY is the
+	last one in a bucket, advance to the next bucket.
+
+2000-11-02  Vesselin Atanasov  <vesselin@bgnet.bg>
+
+	* fnmatch.c: Do not comment out all the code if we are using
+	the GNU C library, because in some cases we are replacing buggy
+	code in the GNU C library itself.
+
+2000-10-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* error.h, getline.h, modechange.h:
+	Remove "2000" from Copyright line, as the file hasn't been
+	changed this year other than in the copyright notice.
+
+	* xalloc.h: Add "2000" to Copyright line, as this file
+	was changed this year.
+
+2000-10-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.c (FOLD): Do not assume that characters are unsigned.
+	(fnmatch): Fix some FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_LEADING_DIR bugs,
+	e.g. fnmatch("d*/*1", "d/s/1", FNM_FILE_NAME) incorrectly yielded zero.
+
+2000-10-29  Greg Louis  <glouis@dynamicro.on.ca>
+
+	* regex.h (__restrict_arr): Move definition out of #ifndef block.
+	Required because egcs-2.91.66 (aka 1.1.2) defines __restrict, but
+	doesn't define __restrict_arr.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstat.in: Fix grammar in comment.
+
+2000-10-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* memchr.c: Update from libc.
+	Adjust for portability:
+	[HAVE_STDLIB_H]: Include stdlib.h.
+	[HAVE_BP_SYM_H || _LIBC]: Guard inclusion of bp-sym.h.
+	Undef __memchr, too.
+	[!weak_alias]: Define __memchr to memchr.
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+	* regex.h: Likewise.
+	* getopt1.c: Likewise.
+	* memcmp.c: Likewise.
+
+	* getusershell.c (setusershell) [HAVE_FSEEKO]: Use fseeko.
+	Avoid using fseek, when possible -- it's broken by design.
+	Patch by Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-10-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* obstack.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hard-locale.c (hard_locale): Revert last change -- it was simply
+	wrong.  That set_locale call must not have any side effects.
+	From Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-10-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* md5.c (md5_process_block) [OP]: Use `rol', not CYCLIC.
+	[CYCLIC]: Remove now-unused definition.
+
+	* save-cwd.c (O_DIRECTORY): Define, if needed.
+	(save_cwd) [HAVE_FCHDIR]: Use O_DIRECTORY when opening ".".
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): New function, factored out of dir_name.
+	(dir_name): Use dir_name_r.
+	* dirname.h (dir_name_r): Declare it.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (memrchr): Declare if necessary.
+	(dir_name): Remove the restriction that there be no
+	trailing slashes.  Now, this code skips past them, effectively
+	ignoring them.
+	[TEST_DIRNAME] (main): New unit tests.
+
+	* memrchr.c: New file from GNU libc.
+	Undef __memrchr, too.
+	[!weak_alias]: Define __memrchr to memrchr.
+	Guard weak_alias use with `#ifdef weak_alias'.
+
+2000-10-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quote.h (PARAMS): Define and use.
+	Reported by Akim Demaille.
+
+	* getopt.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hard-locale.c (hard_locale): Use "", not 0 as 2nd arg to setlocale.
+	From Jan Fedak.
+
+2000-09-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* md5.h (rol): Define (from GnuPG).
+
+	* sha.c: Give credit (GnuPG) where due.
+	(M): Use rol rather than open-coding it.
+	Add a FIXME comment.
+
+2000-09-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Remove debugging printf I'd added.
+	Reported by Michael Stone.
+
+2000-09-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add sha.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add sha.h.
+	Based on code from Scott G. Miller and from GnuPG.
+
+2000-09-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-09-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Update from glibc.
+
+2000-09-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Rename ISASCII to IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN, so people don't
+	think it should be used as a general replacement for isascii.
+	* fnmatch.c: Likewise.
+	* mbswidth.c: Likewise
+	* regex.c: Likewise.
+
+	Don't use atoi.
+	* userspec.c: Include sys/param.h and limits.h.
+	Include xstrtol.h.
+	(CHAR_BIT, TYPE_SIGNED, TYPE_MINIMUM, TYPE_MAXIMUM): Define.
+	(UID_T_MAX, GID_T_MAX, MAXUID, MAXGID): Define.
+	(parse_user_spec): Use xstrtoul, not atoi when converting numeric
+	UID, GID.  Check range.
+
+2000-09-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Update from glibc.
+
+2000-08-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c: Merge in changes from GNU libc.
+
+2000-08-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.c: Include "__fpending.h".
+	(close_stdout_status): Return right away if there's nothing to flush.
+
+	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add __fpending.h.
+	* __fpending.c: New file.
+	* __fpending.h: New file.
+
+2000-08-07  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Standardize on "memory exhausted" instead of "Memory exhausted"
+	or "virtual memory exhausted".
+	* obstack.c (print_and_abort): Use "memory exhausted", not
+	"virtual memory exhausted".
+	* same.c (same_name): Invoke xalloc_die instead of printing
+	our own message.
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Likewise.
+	* bumpalloc.h: comment fix
+	* same.c, userspec.c: Include xalloc.h.
+
+	* xalloc.h (xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted): Now char const[],
+	not char *const and pointing to a constant array.
+	* xmalloc.c (xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted): Likewise.
+	(xrealloc): Comment fix.
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec):
+	Don't translate a message until just before returning,
+	to avoid unnecessary translation.
+
+2000-08-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* addext.c, argmatch.c, argmatch.h, backupfile.h, bumpalloc.h,
+	chown.c, diacrit.h, dirname.h, dup2.c, exclude.h, fileblocks.c,
+	fnmatch.c, fnmatch.h, fsusage.c, fsusage.h, getdate.h,
+	getgroups.c, gethostname.c, getopt.h, group-member.c,
+	hard-locale.c, hash.h, isdir.c, lchown.c, linebuffer.c,
+	linebuffer.h, long-options.h, malloc.c, md5.c, md5.h, memchr.c,
+	memcmp.c, memcoll.c, memset.c, mktime.c, modechange.h, obstack.h,
+	pathmax.h, realloc.c, rmdir.c, safe-read.c, save-cwd.c, stime.c,
+	stpcpy.c, strcasecmp.c, strcspn.c, strdup.c, stripslash.c,
+	strstr.c, strtod.c, strtol.c, strtoul.c, strtoull.c, strtoumax.c,
+	utime.c, version-etc.h, xalloc.h, xstrdup.c, xstrtoumax.c,
+	yesno.c: Back out Copyright date changes for each file with no change
+	this year.  This eases coordination with other programs using the same
+	source code modules.  From Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-08-03  Greg McGary  <greg@mcgary.org>
+
+	* regex.c (SET_HIGH_BOUND, MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER,
+	ELSE_EXTEND_BUFFER_HIGH_BOUND): New macros.
+	(EXTEND_BUFFER): Use them.
+
+2000-08-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (ISSLASH): Define.
+	(BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR): Define.
+	(dir_name) [BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR]: Handle the case in which
+	both `\' and `/' may be use as path separators.
+	Based on a patch from Prashant TR.
+
+2000-07-31  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (quotearg_n_options): Don't make the initial
+	slot vector a constant, since it might get modified.
+
+2000-07-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xmalloc.c: Use `virtual memory exhausted', not `Memory exhausted'.
+	* obstack.c (print_and_abort): Likewise.
+
+2000-07-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (quotearg_n_options): Preallocate a slot 0
+	buffer, so that the caller can always quote one small
+	component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.
+	From a suggestion by Jim Meyering.
+
+2000-07-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.c (make_path): Quote the other instance, too.
+
+	* quotearg.c (N_STATIC_SLOTVECS): Define.
+	(STATIC_BUF_SIZE): Define.
+	(quotearg_n_options): Use only statically allocated storage when
+	N < N_STATIC_SLOTVECS and the length of the quoted result is smaller
+	than STATIC_BUF_SIZE.
+
+2000-07-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* diacrit.c (diacrit_diac): Use __MSDOS__ in favor of MSDOS.
+	* dirname.c (dir_name): Likewise.
+
+	* basename.c (base_name): Use ISSLASH rather than comparing against `/'.
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name) [MSDOS]: Declare `lim' to be const.
+	(dir_name): Assert that there are no trailing slashes.
+
+2000-07-18  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbswidth.h (mbswidth): Add a flags argument.
+	(mbswidth): New declaration.
+	(MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID, MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE): New macros.
+	* mbswidth.c (mbswidth): Add a flags argument.
+	(mbsnwidth): New function.
+
+2000-07-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* mbswidth.c: Remove useless #else.  From Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbswidth.c (_XOPEN_SOURCE):
+	Don't define; this causes problems on Solaris 7.
+	(wcwidth) [!HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH]: Declare.
+
+2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c:
+	Include <wchar.h> even if ! (HAVE_MBRTOWC && 1 < MB_LEN_MAX),
+	so that mbstate_t is always defined.
+
+	Do not inspect MB_LEN_MAX, since it's incorrectly defined to
+	be 1 in at least one GCC installation, and this configuration
+	error is likely to be common.  Ignoring MB_LEN_MAX hurts
+	performance on hosts that have mbrtowc but have only unibyte
+	locales, but I assume these hosts are rare.
+
+2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Streamline by invoking multibyte code only if needed.
+	<wchar.h>: Include only if HAVE_MBRTOWC && 1 < MB_LEN_MAX.
+	(MB_CUR_MAX): Redefine to 1 if ! (HAVE_MBRTOWC && 1 < MB_LEN_MAX).
+	(quotearg_buffer_restyled): If a unibyte locale, don't bother to
+	invoke multibyte primitives.
+
+2000-07-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* basename.c (base_name): Add an assertion.
+
+2000-07-15  Bruno Haible  <clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c: When the system forces us to redefine mbstate_t,
+	shadow its mbsinit function.
+
+2000-07-16  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbswidth.h: New file.
+	* mbswidth.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add mbswidth.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add mbswidth.h.
+
+2000-07-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add support for FreeBSD. Improve support for HP-UX
+	and IRIX 6.
+
+2000-07-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.c: Include quote.h.
+	(make_path): Convert "`%s'" in format strings to "%s", and wrap each
+	corresponding argument in a `quote (...)' call.
+	Give better diagnostics.
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add quote.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add quote.h.
+
+	* quote.c (quote, quote_n): New file.  Two functions taken verbatim
+	from tar's src/misc.c.
+	* quote.h: New file.  Prototypes for same.
+
+2000-07-10  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	From a suggestion by Bruno Haible.
+	* quotearg.c (mbrtowc): Do not use HAVE_WCHAR_H in the definition.
+	Use defined mbstate_t, not HAVE_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT,
+	to decide whether to define the BeOS workaround macro;
+	this adjusts to the change to AC_MBSTATE_T.
+
+2000-07-13  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.h (enum quoting style): New enum clocale_quoting_style.
+
+	* quotearg.c (quoting_style_args, quoting_style_vals,
+	quotearg_buffer_restyled): Add support for
+	clocale_quoting_style.  Undo previous change to
+	locale_quoting_style behavior, and undo the "{LEFT QUOTATION MARK}"
+	and "{RIGHT QUOTATION MARK}" msgids.
+
+2000-07-05  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	The old behavior of quoting `like this' doesn't look good with
+	newer, ISO-style fonts.  See:
+	http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+
+	Instead, quote "like this" by default.  Let the translator
+	tailor the locale-specific quoting behavior by providing
+	translations for {LEFT QUOTATION MARK} and {RIGHT QUOTATION MARK}.
+
+	* quotearg.c (N_): New macro.
+	(gettext_default): New function.
+	(quotearg_buffer_restyled): Use
+	gettext_default ("{LEFT QUOTATION MARK}", "\"") for left quote, and
+	gettext_default ("{RIGHT QUOTATION MARK}", "\"") for right quote.
+
+2000-07-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Most files: Update copyright dates to include 2000.
+
+2000-07-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xgethostname.c (ENAMETOOLONG): Define to an unlikely value
+	if not defined.
+	(xgethostname): Remove now-unnecessary #ifdef.
+	Move declaration of `err' into loop where it's used.
+
+2000-07-05  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* xgethostname.c (xgethostname): Protect against the SunOS5.5 bug
+	by allocating a larger buffer. Test the gethostname return value for
+	being >= 0, not == 0, for BeOS.  Don't exhaust memory if gethostname
+	returns an error and ENAMETOOLONG isn't defined.
+
+2000-07-05  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+	and Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c (mbrtowc): Declare returned type, since BeOS doesn't.
+
+2000-07-05  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c (struct quoting_options): Simplify quote_these_too
+	dimension.
+
+2000-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strndup.c: [!HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN]: Declare strnlen.
+	Reported by Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-07-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Make inclusion of <wchar.h> independent of whether
+	HAVE_MBRTOWC is set.  Required at least for irix-5.6, which
+	lacks mbrtowc.
+
+2000-07-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+	and Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c (mbrtowc):
+	Assign to *pwc, and return 1 only if result is nonzero.
+	(iswprint): Use ISPRINT when substituting our own mbrtowc.
+
+2000-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* readutmp.h: [HAVE_UTMPX_H]: Include <utmp.h> if HAVE_UTMP_H.
+	This is necessary to get a definition of e.g., UTMP_FILE on HP-UX 10.20.
+	From Bob Proulx.
+
+2000-07-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (mbstate_t): Don't define here.
+
+2000-07-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* nanosleep.c (SIGCONT): Define if not already defined.
+
 2000-06-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
 
 	* mountlist.c: Use MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV instead of MOUNTED_NEXT_DEV,

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -9,12 +9,15 @@ DEFS = -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
 
 libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
   getdate.y posixtm.c addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
-  canon-host.c closeout.c diacrit.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+  canon-host.c closeout.c diacrit.c dirname.c dup-safer.c \
+  exclude.c filemode.c fopen-safer.c \
   full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
   human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
-  makepath.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
-  quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
-  savedir.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
+  makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
+  path-concat.c physmem.c \
+  quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
+  savedir.c sha.c strftime.c stripslash.c \
+  unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
   xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
   xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
 
@@ -23,13 +26,16 @@ libfetish_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfetish_a_LIBADD)
 
 noinst_HEADERS = \
   argmatch.h backupfile.h bumpalloc.h closeout.h diacrit.h dirname.h error.h \
-  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
+  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h __fpending.h fsusage.h \
+  getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
   getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
-  linebuffer.h long-options.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
-  makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
-  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
-  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h \
-  strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
+  linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
+  makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h physmem.h posixtm.h \
+  quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
+  stdio-safer.h strverscmp.h unicodeio.h unistd-safer.h version-etc.h \
+  xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
 MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(BUILT_SOURCES)

lib/__fpending.c

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* __fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+  return PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES;
+}

lib/__fpending.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+size_t __fpending (FILE *);
+#endif

lib/addext.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,8 +29,6 @@
 # define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 
-#include <backupfile.h>
-
 #if HAVE_LIMITS_H
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
@@ -49,7 +47,8 @@
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+#include "backupfile.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
 
 /* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
    in which case just append the character E.  */
@@ -58,7 +57,7 @@ void
 addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
 {
   char *s = base_name (filename);
-  size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
+  size_t slen = base_len (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
   long slen_max = -1;
 
 #if HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX
@@ -70,7 +69,8 @@ addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
   else
     {
       char c = *s;
-      *s = 0;
+      if (! ISSLASH (c))
+	*s = 0;
       slen_max = pathconf (filename, _PC_NAME_MAX);
       *s = c;
     }

lib/alloca.c

@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ typedef char *pointer;
    Callers below should use malloc.  */
 
 #  ifndef emacs
+#   undef malloc
 #   define malloc xmalloc
 #  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@
 
 #include "error.h"
 #include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
 
 /* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
    by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
@@ -156,10 +157,11 @@ void
 argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
   char const *format = (problem == -1
-			? _("invalid argument %s for `%s'")
-			: _("ambiguous argument %s for `%s'"));
+			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
 
-  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_style (ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value), context);
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_style (ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+	 quote (context));
 }
 
 /* List the valid arguments for argmatch.

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000, 2001 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,9 +24,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <argmatch.h>
-#include <backupfile.h>
-
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
@@ -76,8 +74,6 @@ char *getenv ();
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
-
 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 # define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
@@ -111,6 +107,10 @@ char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
 # define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
 #endif
 
+#include "argmatch.h"
+#include "backupfile.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
+
 /* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
    to numbered) backup file name. */
 const char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
@@ -137,29 +137,31 @@ find_backup_file_name (const char *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
   if (HAVE_DIR && backup_suffix_size_max < numbered_suffix_size_max)
     backup_suffix_size_max = numbered_suffix_size_max;
 
-  s = malloc (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
+  s = malloc (file_len + 1
+	      + backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
   if (s)
     {
-      strcpy (s, file);
-
 #if HAVE_DIR
       if (backup_type != simple)
 	{
 	  int highest_backup;
-	  size_t dir_len = base_name (s) - s;
+	  size_t dirlen = dir_len (file);
 
-	  strcpy (s + dir_len, ".");
-	  highest_backup = max_backup_version (file + dir_len, s);
+	  memcpy (s, file, dirlen);
+	  if (dirlen == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file))
+	    s[dirlen++] = '.';
+	  s[dirlen] = '\0';
+	  highest_backup = max_backup_version (base_name (file), s);
 	  if (! (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0))
 	    {
 	      char *numbered_suffix = s + (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max);
 	      sprintf (numbered_suffix, ".~%d~", highest_backup + 1);
 	      suffix = numbered_suffix;
 	    }
-	  strcpy (s, file);
 	}
 #endif /* HAVE_DIR */
 
+      strcpy (s, file);
       addext (s, suffix, '~');
     }
   return s;
@@ -186,7 +188,7 @@ max_backup_version (const char *file, const char *dir)
     return 0;
 
   highest_version = 0;
-  file_name_length = strlen (file);
+  file_name_length = base_len (file);
 
   while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != 0)
     {

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,47 +19,61 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-#endif
-
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
+#include "dirname.h"
 
 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
    since it has different meanings in different environments.
    In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
-   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
 
 char *
 base_name (char const *name)
 {
-  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
-  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
   char const *p;
 
-  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
     {
       if (ISSLASH (*p))
-	base = p + 1;
-      else
-	all_slashes = 0;
-    }
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
 
-  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
-  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
-    --base;
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
+    }
 
   return (char *) base;
 }
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}

lib/bumpalloc.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BUMP_ALLOC macro - increase table allocation by one element.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1990.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
 `-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 
 /* Routines `xmalloc' and `xrealloc' are called to do the actual memory
-   management.  This implies that the program will abort with an `Memory
-   exhausted!' error if any problem arise.
+   management.  This implies that the program will abort with a "memory
+   exhausted" error if any problem arise.
 
    To work correctly, at least EXPONENT and TYPE should always be the
    same for all uses of this macro for any given TABLE.  A secure way to

lib/closeout.c

@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
 #include "quotearg.h"
+#include "__fpending.h"
 
 static int default_exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
 static const char *file_name;
@@ -86,11 +87,15 @@ close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
    It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
    tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
    on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {
   int e = ferror (stdout) ? 0 : -1;
 
+  if (__fpending (stdout) == 0)
+    return;
+
   if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
     e = errno;
 

lib/closeout.h

@@ -1,12 +1,17 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
 void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
 void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
 void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
 void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
+
+#endif

lib/config.charset

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 #   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 #   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@@ -31,43 +31,71 @@
 # The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
 #
 #       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
-#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris
-#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
-#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
-#   ISO-8859-4                solaris                                   yes
-#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
-#   ISO-8859-6                aix hpux solaris                          yes
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
 #   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
-#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
 #   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
 #   ISO-8859-13               glibc
-#   ISO-8859-15               aix solaris
-#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris                             yes
-#   KOI8-U                    glibc                                     yes
-#   CP850                     aix osf
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
 #   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     win32 dos
 #   CP922                     aix
-#   CP932                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
 #   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
+#   CP950                     win32 dos
 #   CP1046                    aix
 #   CP1124                    aix
 #   CP1129                    aix
-#   CP1252                    aix
-#   EUC-CN                    aix hpux solaris
-#   EUC-JP                    aix hpux solaris                          yes
-#   EUC-KR                    aix hpux solaris                          yes
-#   EUC-TW                    aix hpux solaris
-#   BIG5                      aix hpux solaris                          yes
-#   GBK                       aix
-#   SJIS                      hpux solaris
-#   TIS-620                   aix hpux solaris
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5HKSCS                 glibc
+#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc
+#   SJIS                      hpux osf solaris freebsd
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
 #   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
 #   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
 #   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
 #   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
 #   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
 #   HP-KANA8                  hpux
-#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
 #
 # Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
 # Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
@@ -115,7 +143,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
 	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
 	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
-	echo "IBM-eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
 	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
@@ -132,6 +160,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
 	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
 	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
 	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
 	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
 	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
@@ -143,7 +172,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "hp15CN EUC-CN"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
 	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
 	echo "SJIS SJIS"
 	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
@@ -154,12 +183,35 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
 	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
 	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
 	;;
     osf*)
 	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
 	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
 	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
 	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
 	;;
     solaris*)
 	echo "646 ASCII"
@@ -174,7 +226,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
 	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
 	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "gb2312 EUC-CN"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
 	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
 	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
@@ -183,4 +235,204 @@ case "$os" in
 	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
 	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
 	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
+	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
 esac

lib/diacrit.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.
 
    All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
   'p',    'q',    'r',    's',    't',    'u',    'v',    'w',
   'x',    'y',    'z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
 
-#ifdef MSDOS
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
 
   'C',    'u',    'e',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
   'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'A',    'A',
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
 
-#else /* not MSDOS */
+#else
 
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
   0,      'n',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    0,
   'o',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'y',    0,      'y',
 
-#endif /* not MSDOS */
+#endif
 };
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      6,      0,
 
-#ifdef MSDOS
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
 
   7,      5,      2,      4,      5,      3,      8,      7,
   4,      5,      3,      5,      4,      3,      5,      8,
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
 
-#else /* not MSDOS */
+#else
 
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
   0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
@@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
   0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
   9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,
 
-#endif /* not MSDOS */
+#endif
 };

lib/diacrit.h

@@ -13,4 +13,3 @@ extern const char diacrit_diac[]; /* diacritic code for each character */
 
 /* Returns a diacritic code for CHAR.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
 #define todiac(Char) (diacrit_diac[(unsigned char) (Char)])
-

lib/dirname.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,62 +19,87 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef strrchr
-#  define strrchr rindex
-# endif
 #endif
 
 #include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;
+
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
+}
 
 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
-   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
-   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
-   removed.  */
+   allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
 
 char *
-dir_name (const char *path)
+dir_name (char const *path)
 {
-  char *newpath;
-  char *slash;
-  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
-
-  slash = strrchr (path, '/');
-  if (slash == 0)
-    {
-      /* File is in the current directory.  */
-      path = ".";
-      length = 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
-#ifdef MSDOS
-      char *lim = (path[0] >= 'A' && path[0] <= 'z' && path[1] == ':')
-		  ? path + 2 : path;
-
-      /* If canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
-      while (slash > lim && *slash == '/')
-	--slash;
-#else
-      while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
-	--slash;
-#endif
-
-      length = slash - path + 1;
-    }
-  newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
-  if (newpath == 0)
-    return 0;
-  strncpy (newpath, path, length);
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
   newpath[length] = 0;
   return newpath;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/dirname.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,7 +25,23 @@
 #  endif
 # endif
 
-char *
-dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+
+int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));
 
 #endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

lib/dup-safer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+#include <unistd-safer.h>
+
+/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+dup_safer (int fd)
+{
+#ifdef F_DUPFD
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+#else
+  int f = dup (fd);
+  if (0 <= f && f <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      int f1 = dup_safer (f);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (f);
+      errno = e;
+      f = f1;
+    }
+  return f;
+#endif
+}

lib/error.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
 # if __STDC__
@@ -83,6 +86,11 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define error __error
 # define error_at_line __error_at_line
 
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the

lib/error.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,30 +27,18 @@
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
 
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
 
 
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-
-
-# ifndef errno
+#ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-# endif
+#endif
 
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
    it matches, nonzero if not.  */
@@ -61,7 +49,9 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
   register char c;
 
 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 ? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -99,13 +89,10 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 
 	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
 	    {
-	      if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == '?')
+	      if (c == '?')
 		{
 		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == '\0')
+		  if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
 		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
 		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 		  else
@@ -117,7 +104,13 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	    }
 
 	  if (c == '\0')
-	    return 0;
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
+		for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
+		  if (*n == '/')
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
 
 	  {
 	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
@@ -126,6 +119,8 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
 		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
 		return 0;
+	      else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+		break;
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	  }
 
@@ -231,7 +226,5 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 
   return FNM_NOMATCH;
 
-# undef FOLD
+#undef FOLD
 }
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/fopen-safer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Invoke fopen, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <unistd-safer.h>
+
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio-safer.h>
+
+/* Like fopen, but do not return stdin, stdout, or stderr.  */
+
+FILE *
+fopen_safer (char const *file, char const *mode)
+{
+  FILE *fp = fopen (file, mode);
+
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      int fd = fileno (fp);
+
+      if (0 <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+	{
+	  int f = dup_safer (fd);
+
+	  if (f < 0)
+	    {
+	      int e = errno;
+	      fclose (fp);
+	      errno = e;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  if (fclose (fp) != 0
+	      || ! (fp = fdopen (f, mode)))
+	    {
+	      int e = errno;
+	      close (f);
+	      errno = e;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return fp;
+}

lib/getdate.y

@@ -990,7 +990,8 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
 
   /* Let mktime deduce tm_isdst if we have an absolute time stamp,
      or if the relative time stamp mentions days, months, or years.  */
-  if (pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.times_seen | pc.rel_day | pc.rel_month | pc.rel_year)
+  if (pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.times_seen | pc.rel_day
+      | pc.rel_month | pc.rel_year)
     tm.tm_isdst = -1;
 
   /* But if the input explicitly specifies local time with or without
@@ -1037,6 +1038,7 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
     {
       tm.tm_mday += ((pc.day_number - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
 		     + 7 * (pc.day_ordinal - (0 < pc.day_ordinal)));
+      tm.tm_isdst = -1;
       Start = mktime (&tm);
       if (Start == (time_t) -1)
 	return Start;

lib/getline.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/getopt.c

@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-#else
-# if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
+#endif
+
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#  ifndef const
-#   define const
-#  endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
 # endif
 #endif
 
@@ -75,11 +75,12 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+# if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 #  include <libintl.h>
-#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  endif
 # else
 #  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
 # endif
@@ -671,7 +672,10 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
 	      ambig = 1;
 	  }

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -20,7 +20,10 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
-#else
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
 #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
@@ -28,9 +31,6 @@
 #define const
 #endif
 #endif
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -22,11 +22,19 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef SHELLS_FILE
+# ifndef __DJGPP__
 /* File containing a list of nonrestricted shells, one per line. */
-# define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+# else
+/* This is a horrible kludge.  Isn't there a better way?  */
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/dev/env/DJDIR/etc/shells"
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include "xalloc.h"
 
@@ -40,9 +48,17 @@
 
 static int readname ();
 
+#if ! defined ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS && defined __MSDOS__
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS \
+  "c:/dos/command.com", "c:/windows/command.com", "c:/command.com",
+#else
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS /* empty */
+#endif
+
 /* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
 static char const* const default_shells[] =
 {
+  ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS
   "/bin/sh", "/bin/csh", "/usr/bin/sh", "/usr/bin/csh", NULL
 };
 
@@ -100,10 +116,8 @@ void
 setusershell ()
 {
   default_index = 0;
-  if (shellstream == NULL)
-    shellstream = fopen (SHELLS_FILE, "r");
-  else
-    fseek (shellstream, 0L, 0);
+  if (shellstream)
+    rewind (shellstream);
 }
 
 /* Close the shells file. */

lib/getversion.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getversion.c -- select backup filename type
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/hash.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -263,11 +263,12 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
       return bucket->data;
 
   assert (0);
+  return NULL;
 }
 
 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
    returned by a previous call to either `hash_get_first' or `hash_get_next'.
-   Return NULL if there is no more entries.  */
+   Return NULL if there are no more entries.  */
 
 void *
 hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
@@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
       return cursor->next->data;
 
   /* Find first entry in any subsequent bucket.  */
-  for (; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+  while (++bucket < table->bucket_limit)
     if (bucket->data)
       return bucket->data;
 
@@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
       divisor++;
     }
 
-  return candidate % divisor != 0;
+  return (candidate % divisor ? true : false);
 }
 
 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that

lib/localcharset.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@@ -37,12 +37,22 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# include <langinfo.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-#  include <locale.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
 # endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
@@ -73,6 +83,7 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
   cp = charset_aliases;
   if (cp == NULL)
     {
+#ifndef WIN32
       FILE *fp;
       const char *dir = LIBDIR;
       const char *base = "charset.alias";
@@ -157,9 +168,20 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
 	    }
 	}
 
-      charset_aliases = cp;
       if (file_name != NULL)
 	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
     }
 
   return cp;
@@ -169,7 +191,7 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
    into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
    The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
    If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
-   name or NULL.  */
+   name.  */
 
 #ifdef STATIC
 STATIC
@@ -180,19 +202,25 @@ locale_charset ()
   const char *codeset;
   const char *aliases;
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
 
   /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
   codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
 
-#else
+# else
 
-  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale and getenv.  */
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
   const char *locale = NULL;
 
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
   locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-# endif
+#  endif
   if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
     {
       locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
@@ -209,20 +237,32 @@ locale_charset ()
      through the charset.alias file.  */
   codeset = locale;
 
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
 #endif
 
-  if (codeset != NULL && codeset[0] != '\0')
-    {
-      /* Resolve alias. */
-      for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
-	   *aliases != '\0';
-	   aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
-	if (!strcmp (codeset, aliases))
-	  {
-	    codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
-	    break;
-	  }
-    }
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
 
   return codeset;
 }

lib/makepath.c

@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ extern int errno;
 #endif
 
 #include "save-cwd.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
 #include "error.h"
-
-void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+#include "quote.h"
 
 #define CLEANUP_CWD					\
   do							\
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
    function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
    return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
    exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
-   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
-   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function returns zero
+   (indicating success) and sets *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
 
-static int
+int
 make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
 {
   int fail = 0;
@@ -173,12 +173,13 @@ make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
 
       if (stat (dir, &stats))
 	{
-	  error (0, saved_errno, _("cannot create directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+	  error (0, saved_errno, _("cannot create directory %s"),
+		 quote (dirpath));
 	  fail = 1;
 	}
       else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
 	  fail = 1;
 	}
       else
@@ -194,7 +195,6 @@ make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
 }
 
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
-   Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
 
    Create any leading directories that don't already exist, with
    permissions PARENT_MODE.
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  if (newly_created_dir)
 	    {
 	      if (verbose_fmt_string)
-		error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+		error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));
 
 	      if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 		  && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
@@ -316,7 +316,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 		  )
 		{
-		  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+		  error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+			 quote (dirpath));
 		  CLEANUP;
 		  return 1;
 		}
@@ -337,7 +338,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
 	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"), dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
@@ -366,7 +368,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
       umask (oldmask);
 
       if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));
 
       if (owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	{
@@ -376,7 +378,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chown %s"), dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -389,7 +392,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
       if ((mode & ~S_IRWXUGO)
 	  && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, _("cannot chmod %s"), dirpath);
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"), quote (dirpath));
 	  retval = 1;
 	}
 
@@ -403,7 +406,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  *(p->dirname_end) = '\0';
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot change permissions of %s",
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -416,7 +420,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 
       if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
 	  return 1;
 	}
 
@@ -435,12 +439,14 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"),
+				 quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}

lib/makepath.h

@@ -14,3 +14,9 @@ make_path PARAMS ((const char *_argpath,
 		   gid_t _group,
 		   int _preserve_existing,
 		   const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+
+int
+make_dir PARAMS ((const char *dir,
+		  const char *dirpath,
+		  mode_t mode,
+		  int *created_dir_p));

lib/mbswidth.c

@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get MB_LEN_MAX.  */
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get isprint().  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get iswprint().  */
+#if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+# include <wctype.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+# define iswprint(wc) 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+int wcwidth ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef wcwidth
+# if !HAVE_WCWIDTH
+/* wcwidth doesn't exist, so assume all printable characters have
+   width 1.  */
+#  define wcwidth(wc) ((wc) == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Get ISPRINT.  */
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+
+#include "mbswidth.h"
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
+   occurs, -1 is returned, unless MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE is specified.
+   With flags = 0, this is the multibyte analogon of the wcswidth function.  */
+int
+mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
+   non-printable character occurs, -1 is returned, unless
+   MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE is specified.  */
+int
+mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
+{
+  const char *p = string;
+  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
+  int width;
+
+  width = 0;
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && (MB_LEN_MAX > 1)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      while (p < plimit)
+	switch (*p)
+	  {
+	    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+	    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+	    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+	    case '?':
+	    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+	    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+	    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+	    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+	    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+	    case 'Z':
+	    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+	    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+	    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+	    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+	    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+	    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+	      /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
+	      p++;
+	      width++;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t wc;
+		    size_t bytes;
+		    int w;
+
+		    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+		      {
+			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
+			  {
+			    p++;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+		      {
+			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
+			  {
+			    p = plimit;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+		      bytes = 1;
+
+		    w = wcwidth (wc);
+		    if (w >= 0)
+		      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
+		      width += w;
+		    else
+		      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
+		      if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE)
+			width += 1;
+		      else
+			return -1;
+
+		    p += bytes;
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+	      break;
+	  }
+      return width;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (p < plimit)
+    {
+      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
+
+      if ((flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE) || ISPRINT (c))
+	width++;
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  return width;
+}

lib/mbswidth.h

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, assume invalid characters have width 0.
+   Otherwise, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete character.  */
+#define MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, assume unprintable characters have width 1.
+   Otherwise, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.  */
+#define MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE	2
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth  /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
+extern int mbswidth PARAMS ((const char *string, int flags));
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
+   starting at BUF.  */
+extern int mbsnwidth PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags));

lib/md5.c

@@ -304,19 +304,16 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
         {								\
 	  a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T;		\
 	  ++words;							\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
         }								\
       while (0)
 
-      /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
-	 cyclic rotation.  Hope the C compiler is smart enough.  */
-#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
-
       /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
 	 They are defined in RFC 1321 as
 
-	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64, or
+	 perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}'
        */
 
       /* Round 1.  */
@@ -345,7 +342,7 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
       do 								\
 	{								\
 	  a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T;			\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
 	}								\
       while (0)

lib/md5.h

@@ -143,4 +143,19 @@ extern int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
    digest.  */
 extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
 
+/* The following is from gnupg-1.0.2's cipher/bithelp.h.  */
+/* Rotate a 32 bit integer by n bytes */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __i386__
+static inline md5_uint32
+rol(md5_uint32 x, int n)
+{
+  __asm__("roll %%cl,%0"
+	  :"=r" (x)
+	  :"0" (x),"c" (n));
+  return x;
+}
+#else
+# define rol(x,n) ( ((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))) )
+#endif
+
 #endif

lib/memchr.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
    with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
    commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
@@ -34,11 +34,18 @@ USA.  */
 # define __ptr_t char *
 #endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC)
+#if defined _LIBC
 # include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
 #endif
 
-#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -49,21 +56,28 @@ USA.  */
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
 
+#undef memchr
+#undef __memchr
 
 /* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
-
 __ptr_t
-memchr (s, c, n)
+__memchr (s, c_in, n)
      const __ptr_t s;
-     int c;
+     int c_in;
      size_t n;
 {
   const unsigned char *char_ptr;
   const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
   unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
 
-  c = (unsigned char) c;
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
 
   /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
      Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
@@ -197,3 +211,6 @@ memchr (s, c, n)
 
   return 0;
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -49,6 +49,11 @@
 #ifdef _LIBC
 
 # include <memcopy.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
 
 #else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
 

lib/memcoll.c

@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif

lib/memrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#undef memrchr
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+#endif
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif

lib/mkstemp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+int __gen_tempname ();
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+mkstemp (template)
+     char *template;
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (template, __GT_FILE);
+}

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,50 +50,65 @@ char *malloc ();
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
+/* The traditional octal values corresponding to each mode bit.  */
+#define SUID 04000
+#define SGID 02000
+#define SVTX 01000
+#define RUSR 00400
+#define WUSR 00200
+#define XUSR 00100
+#define RGRP 00040
+#define WGRP 00020
+#define XGRP 00010
+#define ROTH 00004
+#define WOTH 00002
+#define XOTH 00001
+#define ALLM 07777 /* all octal mode bits */
+
 #ifndef S_ISUID
-# define S_ISUID 04000
+# define S_ISUID SUID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISGID
-# define S_ISGID 04000
+# define S_ISGID SGID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISVTX
-# define S_ISVTX 01000
+# define S_ISVTX SVTX
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRUSR
-# define S_IRUSR 0400
+# define S_IRUSR RUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
-# define S_IWUSR 0200
+# define S_IWUSR WUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXUSR
-# define S_IXUSR 0100
+# define S_IXUSR XUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRGRP
-# define S_IRGRP 0040
+# define S_IRGRP RGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWGRP
-# define S_IWGRP 0020
+# define S_IWGRP WGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0010
+# define S_IXGRP XGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IROTH
-# define S_IROTH 0004
+# define S_IROTH ROTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWOTH
-# define S_IWOTH 0002
+# define S_IWOTH WOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0001
+# define S_IXOTH XOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXU
-# define S_IRWXU 0700
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXG
-# define S_IRWXG 0070
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXO
-# define S_IRWXO 0007
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
 #endif
 
 /* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
@@ -157,8 +172,7 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
   struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
   struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
-  uintmax_t mode_value;		/* The mode value, if octal.  */
-  char *string_end;		/* Pointer to end of parsed value.  */
+  unsigned long octal_value;	/* The mode value, if octal.  */
   mode_t umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
 
   head = NULL;
@@ -166,12 +180,34 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
   tail = NULL;
 #endif
 
-  if (xstrtoumax (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
+  if (xstrtoul (mode_string, NULL, 8, &octal_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
     {
       struct mode_change *p;
-      if (mode_value != (mode_value & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
+      mode_t mode;
+      if (octal_value != (octal_value & ALLM))
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
+
+      /* Help the compiler optimize the usual case where mode_t uses
+	 the traditional octal representation.  */
+      mode = ((S_ISUID == SUID && S_ISGID == SGID && S_ISVTX == SVTX
+	       && S_IRUSR == RUSR && S_IWUSR == WUSR && S_IXUSR == XUSR
+	       && S_IRGRP == RGRP && S_IWGRP == WGRP && S_IXGRP == XGRP
+	       && S_IROTH == ROTH && S_IWOTH == WOTH && S_IXOTH == XOTH)
+	      ? octal_value
+	      : ((octal_value & SUID ? S_ISUID : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & SGID ? S_ISGID : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & SVTX ? S_ISVTX : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & RUSR ? S_IRUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WUSR ? S_IWUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XUSR ? S_IXUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & RGRP ? S_IRGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WGRP ? S_IWGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XGRP ? S_IXGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & ROTH ? S_IROTH : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WOTH ? S_IWOTH : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XOTH ? S_IXOTH : 0)));
+
+      p = make_node_op_equals (mode);
       if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
       mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
@@ -393,7 +429,7 @@ mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 
 	  /* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
 	     or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
-	     This can not be done in mode_compile because the value
+	     This cannot be done in mode_compile because the value
 	     to which the `changes->affected' mask is applied depends
 	     on the old mode of each file. */
 	  value &= changes->affected;

lib/nanosleep.c

@@ -36,6 +36,13 @@ extern int errno;
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
+/* Some systems (MSDOS) don't have SIGCONT.
+   Using SIGTERM here turns the signal-handling code below
+   into a no-op on such systems. */
+#ifndef SIGCONT
+# define SIGCONT SIGTERM
+#endif
+
 #include "nanosleep.h"
 
 static int suspended;

lib/obstack.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -282,9 +282,10 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
   register long i;
   long already;
+  char *object_base;
 
   /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
-  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100;
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + h->alignment_mask + 100;
   if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
     new_size = h->chunk_size;
 
@@ -296,6 +297,11 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
   new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
 
+  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
+  object_base =
+    __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (new_chunk->contents) + h->alignment_mask)
+		  & ~ (h->alignment_mask));
+
   /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
      Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
      is sufficiently aligned.  */
@@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
     {
       for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
 	   i >= 0; i--)
-	((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i]
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)object_base)[i]
 	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
       /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
 	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
@@ -314,7 +320,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
     already = 0;
   /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
   for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
-    new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i];
+    object_base[i] = h->object_base[i];
 
   /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
      free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
@@ -325,7 +331,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
       CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
     }
 
-  h->object_base = new_chunk->contents;
+  h->object_base = object_base;
   h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
   /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
   h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
@@ -451,7 +457,7 @@ _obstack_memory_used (h)
 
 /* Define the error handler.  */
 # ifndef _
-#  ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 #   include <libintl.h>
 #   ifndef _
 #    define _(Str) gettext (Str)
@@ -466,6 +472,7 @@ _obstack_memory_used (h)
 # endif
 
 static void
+__attribute__ ((noreturn))
 print_and_abort ()
 {
   fputs (_("memory exhausted"), stderr);
@@ -518,20 +525,20 @@ int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
   return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
 }
 
-void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, data, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER data;
      int length;
 {
-  obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length);
+  obstack_grow (obstack, data, length);
 }
 
-void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, data, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER data;
      int length;
 {
-  obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, data, length);
 }
 
 void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
@@ -575,20 +582,20 @@ POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
   return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
 }
 
-POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length)
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, address, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER address;
      int length;
 {
-  return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length);
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, address, length);
 }
 
-POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER address;
      int length;
 {
-  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
 }
 
 #  endif /* __STDC__ */

lib/obstack.h

@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
    Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
@@ -13,11 +14,11 @@
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
    USA.  */
 
@@ -219,18 +220,18 @@ void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
-void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
-void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
 
 void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
 
 void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
-void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
-void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
 
 void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
 
 void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
@@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
 void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
 void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
@@ -290,21 +291,24 @@ extern int obstack_exit_failure;
    standard C version.  */
 #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 
-# define obstack_init(h) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_init(h)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
-# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,				\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), 			   \
+		  (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun),		\
 		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
 
 # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
@@ -315,21 +319,25 @@ extern int obstack_exit_failure;
 
 #else
 
-# define obstack_init(h) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_init(h)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,						\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, 			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
 
-# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc,			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun))
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				   \
+		  (void (*) ()) (freefun))
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				\
+		    (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
 
 # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
   ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
@@ -387,7 +395,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
    __o->next_free += __len;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
@@ -397,7 +405,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
    __o->next_free += __len;						\
    *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
    (void) 0; })
@@ -410,8 +418,8 @@ __extension__								\
    *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
    (void) 0; })
 
-/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
-   and that the data added so far to the current object
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
+   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
    shares that much alignment.  */
 
 # define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
@@ -419,7 +427,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
-   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
 # define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
@@ -427,11 +435,14 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
-   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
 
 # define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
 __extension__								\
@@ -512,14 +523,14 @@ __extension__								\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
 
 # define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
   *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
 
@@ -531,15 +542,18 @@ __extension__								\
 # define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
-  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum)))
+  (*((const char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = (datum)))
 
 # define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
-  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum)))
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = (datum)))
 
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((const char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
 
 # define obstack_blank(h,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* path-concat.c -- concatenate two arbitrary pathnames
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,24 +26,36 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
 
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
 #ifndef strdup
 char *strdup ();
 #endif
 
-#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
-# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-#endif
-
+#include "dirname.h"
 #include "xalloc.h"
 #include "path-concat.h"
 
@@ -65,8 +77,8 @@ path_concat (const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result)
 {
   char *p;
   char *p_concat;
-  size_t base_len;
-  size_t dir_len;
+  size_t baselen;
+  size_t dirlen;
 
   if (!dir)
     {
@@ -77,27 +89,28 @@ path_concat (const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result)
     }
 
   /* DIR is not empty. */
-  base_len = strlen (base);
-  dir_len = strlen (dir);
+  baselen = base_len (base);
+  dirlen = strlen (dir);
 
-  p_concat = malloc (dir_len + base_len + 2);
+  p_concat = malloc (dirlen + baselen + 2);
   if (!p_concat)
     return 0;
 
-  p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dir_len);
+  p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dirlen);
 
-  if (dir_len > 0)
+  if (FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (dir) < dirlen)
     {
-      if (ISSLASH (*(p - 1)) && ISSLASH(*base))
+      if (ISSLASH (*(p - 1)) && ISSLASH (*base))
 	--p;
-      else if (!ISSLASH (*(p - 1)) && !ISSLASH(*base))
+      else if (!ISSLASH (*(p - 1)) && !ISSLASH (*base))
 	*p++ = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
     }
 
   if (base_in_result)
     *base_in_result = p;
 
-  memcpy (p, base, base_len + 1);
+  memcpy (p, base, baselen);
+  p[baselen] = '\0';
 
   return p_concat;
 }

lib/physmem.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Calculate the size of physical memory.
+   Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "physmem.h"
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return the total amount of physical memory.  */
+double
+physmem_total (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_PHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_PHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 64 MB.  It's probably an older host, so guess small.  */
+  return 64 * 1024 * 1024;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of physical memory available.  */
+double
+physmem_available (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 25% of physical memory.  */
+  return physmem_total () / 4;
+}

lib/physmem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef PHYSMEM_H_
+# define PHYSMEM_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+double physmem_total PARAMS ((void));
+double physmem_available PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* PHYSMEM_H_ */

lib/quote.c

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <quotearg.h>
+#include <quote.h>
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representated, allocated in slot N,
+   for NAME, suitable for diagnostics.  */
+char const *
+quote_n (int n, char const *name)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (n, locale_quoting_style, name);
+}
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of NAME, suitable
+   for diagnostics.  */
+char const *
+quote (char const *name)
+{
+  return quote_n (0, name);
+}

lib/quote.h

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/* prototypes for quote.c */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+char const *quote_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *name));
+char const *quote PARAMS ((char const *name));

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,6 +21,9 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <quotearg.h>
 #include <xalloc.h>
@@ -33,6 +36,7 @@
 #else
 # define _(text) text
 #endif
+#define N_(text) text
 
 #if HAVE_LIMITS_H
 # include <limits.h>
@@ -58,37 +62,41 @@
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && HAVE_WCHAR_H
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
 # include <wchar.h>
-# if !HAVE_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT
-#  define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
-#  define mbstate_t int
-# endif
-#else
-# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) 1
-# define mbsinit(ps) 1
-# define mbstate_t int
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-# include <wctype.h>
+#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
+/* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
+   other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
+   syntax.  */
+# undef MB_CUR_MAX
+# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
+# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
+# define mbsinit(ps) 1
+# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
 #endif
-#if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
-# define iswprint(wc) 1
+
+#ifndef iswprint
+# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+#  include <wctype.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+#  define iswprint(wc) 1
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-# undef ISASCII
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
+
 /* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
 #undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
 
 struct quoting_options
 {
@@ -97,8 +105,7 @@ struct quoting_options
 
   /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
      quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
-  int quote_these_too[((UCHAR_MAX + 1) / INT_BITS
-		       + ((UCHAR_MAX + 1) % INT_BITS != 0))];
+  int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
 };
 
 /* Names of quoting styles.  */
@@ -110,6 +117,7 @@ char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
   "c",
   "escape",
   "locale",
+  "clocale",
   0
 };
 
@@ -121,7 +129,8 @@ enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
   shell_always_quoting_style,
   c_quoting_style,
   escape_quoting_style,
-  locale_quoting_style
+  locale_quoting_style,
+  clocale_quoting_style
 };
 
 /* The default quoting options.  */
@@ -170,6 +179,17 @@ set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
   return r;
 }
 
+/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
+   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.  */
+static char const *
+gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  char const *translation = _(msgid);
+  if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
+    translation = "\"";
+  return translation;
+}
+
 /* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
    argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
    non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
@@ -194,6 +214,7 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
   char const *quote_string = 0;
   size_t quote_string_len = 0;
   int backslash_escapes = 0;
+  int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
 
 #define STORE(c) \
     do \
@@ -218,11 +239,31 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
       break;
 
     case locale_quoting_style:
-      for (quote_string = _("`"); *quote_string; quote_string++)
-	STORE (*quote_string);
-      backslash_escapes = 1;
-      quote_string = _("'");
-      quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
+    case clocale_quoting_style:
+      {
+	/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
+
+	   The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
+	   quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
+	   "'".  If the catalog has no translation,
+	   locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
+	   clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
+
+	   For example, an American English Unicode locale should
+	   translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
+	   should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
+	   MARK).  A British English Unicode locale should instead
+	   translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
+	   U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.  */
+
+	char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
+	char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
+	for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+	  STORE (*quote_string);
+	backslash_escapes = 1;
+	quote_string = right;
+	quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
+      }
       break;
 
     case shell_always_quoting_style:
@@ -359,57 +400,59 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 	     we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
 	  {
 	    /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
-	    size_t m = 0;
+	    size_t m;
 
-	    int printable = 1;
-	    mbstate_t mbstate;
-	    memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+	    int printable;
 
-	    if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
-	      argsize = strlen (arg);
-
-	    do
+	    if (unibyte_locale)
 	      {
-		wchar_t w;
-		size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
-					argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
-		if (bytes == 0)
-		  break;
-		else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
-		  {
-		    printable = 0;
-		    break;
-		  }
-		else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
-		  {
-		    printable = 0;
-		    while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
-		      m++;
-		    break;
-		  }
-		else
-		  {
-		    if (! iswprint (w))
-		      printable = 0;
-		    m += bytes;
-		  }
+		m = 1;
+		printable = ISPRINT (c);
 	      }
-	    while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
-
-	    if (m <= 1)
+	    else
 	      {
-		/* Escape a unibyte character like a multibyte
-		   sequence if using backslash escapes, and if the
-		   character is not printable.  */
-		m = backslash_escapes && ! ISPRINT (c);
-		printable = 0;
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+
+		m = 0;
+		printable = 1;
+		if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
+		  argsize = strlen (arg);
+
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t w;
+		    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
+					    argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      break;
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
+			  m++;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			if (! iswprint (w))
+			  printable = 0;
+			m += bytes;
+		      }
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
 	      }
 
-	    if (m)
+	    if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
 	      {
 		/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
 		   unprintable unibyte character.  */
-		size_t imax = i + m - 1;
+		size_t ilim = i + m;
 
 		for (;;)
 		  {
@@ -420,7 +463,7 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 			STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
 			c = '0' + (c & 7);
 		      }
-		    if (i == imax)
+		    if (ilim <= i + 1)
 		      break;
 		    STORE (c);
 		    c = arg[++i];
@@ -477,18 +520,23 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
    OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
    The returned value points to static storage that can be
    reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type `int'
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
    to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
 static char *
 quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
 		    struct quoting_options const *options)
 {
-  static unsigned int nslots;
-  static struct slotvec
+  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
+     one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
+  static char slot0[256];
+  static unsigned int nslots = 1;
+  struct slotvec
     {
       size_t size;
       char *val;
-    } *slotvec;
+    };
+  static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
+  static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
 
   if (nslots <= n)
     {
@@ -496,6 +544,11 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
       size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
       if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
 	abort ();
+      if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
+	{
+	  slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct slotvec));
+	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
+	}
       slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
       memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
       nslots = n;
@@ -509,7 +562,7 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
     if (size <= qsize)
       {
 	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
-	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val, size);
+	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
 	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
       }
 

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ enum quoting_style
     shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
     c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
     escape_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=escape */
-    locale_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=locale */
+    locale_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=locale */
+    clocale_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=clocale */
   };
 
 /* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */

lib/readutmp.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,6 +31,10 @@
 # include <sys/types.h>
 
 # ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
+    /* HPUX 10.20 needs utmp.h, for the definition of e.g., UTMP_FILE.  */
+#   include <utmp.h>
+#  endif
 #  include <utmpx.h>
 #  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmpx
 #  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_tv.tv_sec)
@@ -65,6 +69,9 @@
 #   undef UT_USER
 #   define UT_USER(Utmp) ((Utmp)->ut_name)
 #  endif
+#  if defined HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TYPE
+#   define UT_TYPE(Utmp) ((Utmp)->ut_type)
+#  endif
 
 # else
 
@@ -75,6 +82,9 @@
 #   undef UT_USER
 #   define UT_USER(Utmp) Utmp->ut_name
 #  endif
+#  if defined HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+#   define UT_TYPE(Utmp) ((Utmp)->ut_type)
+#  endif
 
 # endif
 

lib/regex.h

@@ -160,6 +160,11 @@ typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
    this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
 #define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
 
+/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
+   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
+   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
+#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
+
 /* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
    some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
    stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
@@ -199,7 +204,8 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
    | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
 
 #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
-  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES			\
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
 
 /* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
 #define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
@@ -513,13 +519,31 @@ extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 # endif
 #endif
 
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#   define __restrict restrict
+#  else
+#   define __restrict
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* For now unconditionally define __restrict_arr to expand to nothing.
+   Ideally we would have a test for the compiler which allows defining
+   it to restrict.  */
+#define __restrict_arr
+
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+			      const char *__restrict __pattern,
 			      int __cflags));
 
-extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
-			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
-			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+			      const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
+			      regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
+			      int __eflags));
 
 extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
 				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));

lib/rename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby rename fails when the source
+   path has a trailing slash.  The rename from SunOS 4.1.1_U1 has this bug.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Volker Borchert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
+void free ();
+#endif
+
+/* Rename the file SRC_PATH to DST_PATH, removing any trailing
+   slashes from SRC_PATH.  Needed for SunOS 4.1.1_U1.  */
+
+int
+rpl_rename (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path)
+{
+  char *src_temp;
+  int ret_val;
+  size_t s_len = strlen (src_path);
+
+  if (s_len && src_path[s_len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      src_temp = xstrdup (src_path);
+      strip_trailing_slashes (src_temp);
+    }
+  else
+    src_temp = (char *) src_path;
+
+  ret_val = rename (src_temp, dst_path);
+
+  if (src_temp != src_path)
+    free (src_temp);
+
+  return ret_val;
+}

lib/same.c

@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "same.h"
 #include "dirname.h"
 #include "error.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
 
 #if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>
@@ -53,8 +54,6 @@ extern int errno;
 # define _(Text) Text
 #endif
 
-#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0)
-
 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
 "this configure-time declaration test was not run"
 #endif
@@ -62,8 +61,6 @@ extern int errno;
 void free ();
 #endif
 
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
-
 #define SAME_INODE(Stat_buf_1, Stat_buf_2) \
   ((Stat_buf_1).st_ino == (Stat_buf_2).st_ino \
    && (Stat_buf_1).st_dev == (Stat_buf_2).st_dev)
@@ -77,11 +74,11 @@ same_name (const char *source, const char *dest)
   struct stat source_dir_stats;
   struct stat dest_dir_stats;
   char *source_dirname, *dest_dirname;
+  char *source_basename, *dest_basename;
+  size_t source_baselen, dest_baselen;
 
   source_dirname = dir_name (source);
   dest_dirname = dir_name (dest);
-  if (source_dirname == NULL || dest_dirname == NULL)
-    error (1, 0, _("virtual memory exhausted"));
 
   if (stat (source_dirname, &source_dir_stats))
     {
@@ -98,6 +95,13 @@ same_name (const char *source, const char *dest)
   free (source_dirname);
   free (dest_dirname);
 
-  return (SAME_INODE (source_dir_stats, dest_dir_stats)
-	  && STREQ (base_name (source), base_name (dest)));
+  if (! SAME_INODE (source_dir_stats, dest_dir_stats))
+    return 0;
+
+  source_basename = base_name (source);
+  dest_basename = base_name (dest);
+  source_baselen = base_len (source_basename);
+  dest_baselen = base_len (dest_basename);
+  return (source_baselen == dest_baselen
+	  && memcmp (source_basename, dest_basename, dest_baselen) == 0);
 }

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -42,6 +42,10 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
+#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
+# define O_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
 #include "save-cwd.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
@@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
   if (have_working_fchdir)
     {
 #if HAVE_FCHDIR
-      cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY);
+      cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY);
       if (cwd->desc < 0)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, "cannot open current directory");

lib/setenv.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
 Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ USA.  */
 #endif
 
 #ifndef	HAVE_GNU_LD
-# define	__environ	environ
+# define __environ	environ
 #endif
 
 int

lib/sha.c

@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/* sha.c - Functions to compute the SHA1 hash (message-digest) of files
+   or blocks of memory.  Complies to the NIST specification FIPS-180-1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Scott G. Miller
+
+   Credits:
+      Robert Klep <robert@ilse.nl>  -- Expansion function fix
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
+#  define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "md5.h"
+#include "sha.h"
+
+/*
+  Not-swap is a macro that does an endian swap on architectures that are
+  big-endian, as SHA needs some data in a little-endian format
+*/
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define NOTSWAP(n) (n)
+# define SWAP(n)							\
+    (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
+#else
+# define NOTSWAP(n)                                                         \
+    (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#endif
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1)  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 160 bit block of data (five 32 bit ints) and
+  intializes it to the start constants of the SHA1 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sha_hash
+*/
+void
+sha_init_ctx (struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+  ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+  ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+  ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+  ctx->E = 0xc3d2e1f0;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+sha_read_ctx (const struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[0] = NOTSWAP (ctx->A);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[1] = NOTSWAP (ctx->B);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[2] = NOTSWAP (ctx->C);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[3] = NOTSWAP (ctx->D);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[4] = NOTSWAP (ctx->E);
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+sha_finish_ctx (struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  md5_uint32 bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t pad;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  pad = bytes >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - bytes : 56 - bytes;
+  memcpy (&ctx->buffer[bytes], fillbuf, pad);
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad + 4] = NOTSWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad] = NOTSWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) |
+						    (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha_process_block (ctx->buffer, bytes + pad + 8, ctx);
+
+  return sha_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+int
+sha_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  /* Important: BLOCKSIZE must be a multiple of 64.  */
+#define BLOCKSIZE 4096
+  struct sha_ctx ctx;
+  char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72];
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+	 computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+	 next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      do
+	{
+	  n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+	  sum += n;
+	}
+      while (sum < BLOCKSIZE && n != 0);
+      if (n == 0 && ferror (stream))
+        return 1;
+
+      /* If end of file is reached, end the loop.  */
+      if (n == 0)
+	break;
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+			BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      sha_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+  /* Add the last bytes if necessary.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    sha_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  sha_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&ctx->buffer[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (left_over + add > 64)
+	{
+	  sha_process_block (ctx->buffer, (left_over + add) & ~63, ctx);
+	  /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap.  */
+	  memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+		  (left_over + add) & 63);
+	  ctx->buflen = (left_over + add) & 63;
+	}
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len > 64)
+    {
+      sha_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+      len &= 63;
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, len);
+      ctx->buflen = len;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between md5.c and sha.c --- */
+
+/* SHA1 round constants */
+#define K1 0x5a827999L
+#define K2 0x6ed9eba1L
+#define K3 0x8f1bbcdcL
+#define K4 0xca62c1d6L
+
+/* Round functions.  Note that F2 is the same as F4.  */
+#define F1(B,C,D) ( D ^ ( B & ( C ^ D ) ) )
+#define F2(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+#define F3(B,C,D) ( ( B & C ) | ( D & ( B | C ) ) )
+#define F4(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const md5_uint32 *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (md5_uint32);
+  const md5_uint32 *endp = words + nwords;
+  md5_uint32 x[16];
+  md5_uint32 a = ctx->A;
+  md5_uint32 b = ctx->B;
+  md5_uint32 c = ctx->C;
+  md5_uint32 d = ctx->D;
+  md5_uint32 e = ctx->E;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += len;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < len)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+#define M(I) ( tm =   x[I&0x0f] ^ x[(I-14)&0x0f] \
+		    ^ x[(I-8)&0x0f] ^ x[(I-3)&0x0f] \
+	       , (x[I&0x0f] = rol(tm, 1)) )
+
+#define R(A,B,C,D,E,F,K,M)  do { E += rol( A, 5 )     \
+				      + F( B, C, D )  \
+				      + K	      \
+				      + M;	      \
+				 B = rol( B, 30 );    \
+			       } while(0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      md5_uint32 tm;
+      int t;
+      /* FIXME: see sha1.c for a better implementation.  */
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+	{
+	  x[t] = NOTSWAP (*words);
+	  words++;
+	}
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 0] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 1] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 2] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 3] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 4] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 5] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 6] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 7] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 8] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 9] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[10] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[11] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[12] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[13] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[14] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[15] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, M(16) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, M(17) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, M(18) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, M(19) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(20) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(21) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(22) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(23) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(24) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(25) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(26) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(27) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(28) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(29) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(30) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(31) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(32) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(33) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(34) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(35) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(36) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(40) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(41) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(42) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(43) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(44) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(45) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(46) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(47) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(48) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(49) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(50) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(51) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(52) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(53) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(54) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(55) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(56) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(57) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(58) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(59) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(60) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(61) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(62) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(63) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(64) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(65) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(66) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(67) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(68) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(69) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(70) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(71) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(72) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(73) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(74) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(75) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(76) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(77) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(78) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(79) );
+
+      a = ctx->A += a;
+      b = ctx->B += b;
+      c = ctx->C += c;
+      d = ctx->D += d;
+      e = ctx->E += e;
+    }
+}

lib/sha.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* sha.h - Declaration of functions and datatypes for SHA1 sum computing
+   library functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, Scott G. Miller
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SHA_H
+# define _SHA_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "md5.h"
+
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha_ctx
+{
+  md5_uint32 A;
+  md5_uint32 B;
+  md5_uint32 C;
+  md5_uint32 D;
+  md5_uint32 E;
+
+  md5_uint32 total[2];
+  md5_uint32 buflen;
+  char buffer[128];
+};
+
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sha_process_block __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                            struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sha_process_bytes __P((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+				    struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha_init_ctx __P ((struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha_finish_ctx __P ((struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha_read_ctx __P ((const struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
+
+#endif

lib/stdio-safer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+FILE *fopen_safer PARAMS ((char const *, char const *));

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
    Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ extern char *tzname[];
 # define L_(Str) L##Str
 # define NLW(Sym) _NL_W##Sym
 
-# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) wmemcpy (d, s, n)
-# define STRLEN(s) wcslen (s)
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) __wmemcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) __wcslen (s)
 
 #else
 # define CHAR_T char
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ static const CHAR_T zeroes[16] = /* "0000000000000000" */
 	 else if (to_uppcase)						      \
 	   memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
 	 else								      \
-	   MEMCPY ((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), _n))
+	   MEMCPY ((PTR) p, (const PTR) (s), _n))
 
 #ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
 # define widen(os, ws, l) \
@@ -421,44 +421,52 @@ static CHAR_T const month_name[][10] =
 #endif
 
 
-#ifdef emacs
-# define my_strftime emacs_strftimeu
-# define ut_argument , ut
-# define ut_argument_spec int ut;
-# define ut_argument_spec_iso , int ut
+/* When compiling this file, GNU applications can #define my_strftime
+   to a symbol (typically nstrftime) to get an extended strftime with
+   extra arguments UT and NS.  Emacs is a special case for now, but
+   this Emacs-specific code can be removed once Emacs's config.h
+   defines my_strftime.  */
+#if defined emacs && !defined my_strftime
+# define my_strftime nstrftime
+#endif
+
+#ifdef my_strftime
+# define extra_args , ut, ns
+# define extra_args_spec int ut; int ns;
+# define extra_args_spec_iso , int ut, int ns
 #else
 # ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
 #  define my_strftime wcsftime
 # else
 #  define my_strftime strftime
 # endif
-# define ut_argument
-# define ut_argument_spec
-# define ut_argument_spec_iso
+# define extra_args
+# define extra_args_spec
+# define extra_args_spec_iso
 /* We don't have this information in general.  */
 # define ut 0
+# define ns 0
 #endif
 
 #if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_TZNAME && HAVE_TZSET
   /* Solaris 2.5 tzset sometimes modifies the storage returned by localtime.
      Work around this bug by copying *tp before it might be munged.  */
   size_t _strftime_copytm __P ((char *, size_t, const char *,
-			        const struct tm * ut_argument_spec_iso));
+			        const struct tm * extra_args_spec_iso));
   size_t
-  my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
+  my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp extra_args)
       CHAR_T *s;
       size_t maxsize;
       const CHAR_T *format;
       const struct tm *tp;
-      ut_argument_spec
+      extra_args_spec
   {
     struct tm tmcopy;
     tmcopy = *tp;
-    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy ut_argument);
+    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy extra_args);
   }
 # undef my_strftime
-# define my_strftime(S, Maxsize, Format, Tp) \
-  _strftime_copytm (S, Maxsize, Format, Tp)
+# define my_strftime _strftime_copytm
 #endif
 
 
@@ -469,12 +477,12 @@ static CHAR_T const month_name[][10] =
    anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
    written, use NULL for S and (size_t) UINT_MAX for MAXSIZE.  */
 size_t
-my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
+my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp extra_args)
       CHAR_T *s;
       size_t maxsize;
       const CHAR_T *format;
       const struct tm *tp;
-      ut_argument_spec
+      extra_args_spec
 {
   int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
@@ -516,6 +524,9 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
   size_t i = 0;
   CHAR_T *p = s;
   const CHAR_T *f;
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+  const char *format_end = NULL;
+#endif
 
   zone = NULL;
 #if HAVE_TM_ZONE
@@ -608,10 +619,15 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	  {
 	    mbstate_t mbstate = mbstate_zero;
 	    size_t len = 0;
+	    size_t fsize;
+
+	    if (! format_end)
+	      format_end = f + strlen (f) + 1;
+	    fsize = format_end - f;
 
 	    do
 	      {
-		size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, (size_t) -1, &mbstate);
+		size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, fsize - len, &mbstate);
 
 		if (bytes == 0)
 		  break;
@@ -752,6 +768,11 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 
 	case L_('b'):
 	case L_('h'):		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
 	  if (modifier != 0)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
@@ -781,10 +802,11 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == 'E'
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-							NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						     NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
 		     != '\0')))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
@@ -796,8 +818,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	subformat:
 	  {
 	    CHAR_T *old_start = p;
-	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt, tp);
-	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp));
+	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt,
+				      tp extra_args);
+	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt,
+				   tp extra_args));
 
 	    if (to_uppcase)
 	      while (old_start < p)
@@ -848,7 +872,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	      if (era)
 		{
 # ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
-		  size_t len = wcslen (era->era_wname);
+		  size_t len = __wcslen (era->era_wname);
 		  cpy (len, era->era_wname);
 # else
 		  size_t len = strlen (era->era_name);
@@ -873,10 +897,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *)_NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-						       NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *)_NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
 		     != L_('\0'))))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
 	  goto subformat;
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
@@ -1029,6 +1053,21 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 
 	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mon + 1);
 
+	case L_('N'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  number_value = ns;
+	  if (width != -1)
+	    {
+	      /* Take an explicit width less than 9 as a precision.  */
+	      int j;
+	      for (j = width; j < 9; j++)
+		number_value /= 10;
+	    }
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (9, number_value);
+
 	case L_('n'):		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  add (1, *p = L_('\n'));
 	  break;
@@ -1053,14 +1092,15 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
 #endif
 
-	case L_('R'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	case L_('R'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
 	  subfmt = L_("%H:%M");
 	  goto subformat;
 
 	case L_('r'):		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  if (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-						 NLW(T_FMT_AMPM))) == L_('\0'))
+	  if (*(subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						       NLW(T_FMT_AMPM)))
+	      == L_('\0'))
 #endif
 	    subfmt = L_("%I:%M:%S %p");
 	  goto subformat;
@@ -1115,10 +1155,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-							NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
 		     != L_('\0'))))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
 	  goto subformat;
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
@@ -1145,8 +1185,8 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	  DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - tp->tm_wday + 7) / 7);
 
 	case L_('V'):
-	case L_('g'):		/* GNU extension.  */
-	case L_('G'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	case L_('g'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
+	case L_('G'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
 	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
 	    goto bad_format;
 	  {
@@ -1270,7 +1310,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 #endif
 	  break;
 
-	case L_('z'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	case L_('z'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
 	  if (tp->tm_isdst < 0)
 	    break;
 
@@ -1352,15 +1392,15 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 
 #ifdef emacs
 /* For Emacs we have a separate interface which corresponds to the normal
-   strftime function and does not have the extra information whether the
-   TP arguments comes from a `gmtime' call or not.  */
+   strftime function plus the ut argument, but without the ns argument.  */
 size_t
-emacs_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+emacs_strftimeu (s, maxsize, format, tp, ut)
       char *s;
       size_t maxsize;
       const char *format;
       const struct tm *tp;
+      int ut;
 {
-  return my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp, 0);
+  return my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp, ut, 0);
 }
 #endif

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* stripslash.c -- remove trailing slashes from a string
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,24 +19,27 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
+#include "dirname.h"
+
 /* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
+   Return nonzero if a trailing slash was removed.
    This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
    adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
    the Unix rename and rmdir system calls return an "Invalid argument" error
    when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory).  */
 
-void
+int
 strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
 {
-  int last;
-
-  last = strlen (path) - 1;
-  while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/')
-    path[last--] = '\0';
+  char *base = base_name (path);
+  char *base_lim = base + base_len (base);
+  int had_slash = *base_lim;
+  *base_lim = '\0';
+  return had_slash;
 }

lib/strndup.c

@@ -31,6 +31,13 @@
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+size_t strnlen ();
+#endif
+
 #undef __strndup
 #undef strndup
 

lib/strnlen.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ size_t
 __strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
 {
   const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
-  return end ? end - string : maxlen;
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
 }
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)

lib/strstr.c

@@ -28,11 +28,15 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 typedef unsigned chartype;
 
+#undef strstr
+
 char *
 strstr (const char *phaystack, const char *pneedle)
 {
@@ -105,7 +109,7 @@ jin:	  a = *++haystack;
 	      }
 	    while (*rhaystack == a);
 
-	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor aproach */
+	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor approach */
 
 	  if (a == '\0')
 	    break;

lib/strtoul.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
 Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #define UNSIGNED	1
 
-#include <strtol.c>
+#include "strtol.c"

lib/strverscmp.c

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 /* states: S_N: normal, S_I: comparing integral part, S_F: comparing
-           Fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
+           fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
 #define S_N    0x0
 #define S_I    0x4
 #define S_F    0x8
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
 #define CMP    2
 #define LEN    3
 
+
 /* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
    - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
    - It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
@@ -46,13 +47,20 @@
    host does not conform to Posix.  */
 #define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
 
+#undef __strverscmp
+#undef strverscmp
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strverscmp strverscmp
+#endif
+
 /* Compare S1 and S2 as strings holding indices/version numbers,
    returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is less than,
    equal to or greater than S2 (for more info, see the texinfo doc).
 */
 
 int
-strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+__strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
 {
   const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
   const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
@@ -120,3 +128,6 @@ strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
       return state;
     }
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strverscmp, strverscmp)
+#endif

lib/tempname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+# define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
+#endif
+#ifndef TMP_MAX
+# define TMP_MAX 238328
+#endif
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE	0
+# define __GT_BIGFILE	1
+# define __GT_DIR	2
+# define __GT_NOCREATE	3
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H || _LIBC
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H || _LIBC
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H || _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 00400
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 00200
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 00100
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __getpid getpid
+# define __gettimeofday gettimeofday
+# define __mkdir mkdir
+# define __open open
+# define __open64 open
+# define __lxstat64(version, path, buf) lstat (path, buf)
+# define __xstat64(version, path, buf) stat (path, buf)
+#endif
+
+#if ! (HAVE___SECURE_GETENV || _LIBC)
+# define __secure_getenv getenv
+#endif
+
+/* Use the widest available unsigned type if uint64_t is not
+   available.  The algorithm below extracts a number less than 62**6
+   (approximately 2**35.725) from uint64_t, so ancient hosts where
+   uintmax_t is only 32 bits lose about 3.725 bits of randomness,
+   which is better than not having mkstemp at all.  */
+#if !defined UINT64_MAX && !defined uint64_t
+# define uint64_t uintmax_t
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory.  */
+static int
+direxists (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct_stat64 buf;
+  return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
+}
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+int
+__path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
+	       int try_tmpdir)
+{
+  const char *d;
+  size_t dlen, plen;
+
+  if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
+    {
+      pfx = "file";
+      plen = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      plen = strlen (pfx);
+      if (plen > 5)
+	plen = 5;
+    }
+
+  if (try_tmpdir)
+    {
+      d = __secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
+      if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
+	dir = d;
+      else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
+	/* nothing */ ;
+      else
+	dir = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    {
+      if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
+	dir = P_tmpdir;
+      else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
+	dir = "/tmp";
+      else
+	{
+	  __set_errno (ENOENT);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  dlen = strlen (dir);
+  while (dlen > 1 && dir[dlen - 1] == '/')
+    dlen--;			/* remove trailing slashes */
+
+  /* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
+  if (tmpl_len < dlen + 1 + plen + 6 + 1)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (tmpl, "%.*s/%.*sXXXXXX", (int) dlen, dir, (int) plen, pfx);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* These are the characters used in temporary filenames.  */
+static const char letters[] =
+"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX").  The name constructed
+   does not exist at the time of the call to __gen_tempname.  TMPL is
+   overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   __GT_NOCREATE:	simply verify that the name does not exist
+			at the time of the call.
+   __GT_FILE:		create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+			and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   __GT_BIGFILE:	same as __GT_FILE but use open64().
+   __GT_DIR:		create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+int
+__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int kind)
+{
+  int len;
+  char *XXXXXX;
+  static uint64_t value;
+  uint64_t random_time_bits;
+  int count, fd = -1;
+  int save_errno = errno;
+  struct_stat64 st;
+
+  len = strlen (tmpl);
+  if (len < 6 || strcmp (&tmpl[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
+  XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - 6];
+
+  /* Get some more or less random data.  */
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY || _LIBC
+  {
+    struct timeval tv;
+    __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+    random_time_bits = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;
+  }
+#else
+  random_time_bits = time (NULL);
+#endif
+  value += random_time_bits ^ __getpid ();
+
+  for (count = 0; count < TMP_MAX; value += 7777, ++count)
+    {
+      uint64_t v = value;
+
+      /* Fill in the random bits.  */
+      XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
+
+      switch (kind)
+	{
+	case __GT_FILE:
+	  fd = __open (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_BIGFILE:
+	  fd = __open64 (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_DIR:
+	  fd = __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_NOCREATE:
+	  /* This case is backward from the other three.  __gen_tempname
+	     succeeds if __xstat fails because the name does not exist.
+	     Note the continue to bypass the common logic at the bottom
+	     of the loop.  */
+	  if (__lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, tmpl, &st) < 0)
+	    {
+	      if (errno == ENOENT)
+		{
+		  __set_errno (save_errno);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Give up now. */
+		return -1;
+	    }
+	  continue;
+
+	default:
+	  assert (! "invalid KIND in __gen_tempname");
+	}
+
+      if (fd >= 0)
+	{
+	  __set_errno (save_errno);
+	  return fd;
+	}
+      else if (errno != EEXIST)
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try.  */
+  __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return -1;
+}

lib/unicodeio.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@@ -124,13 +124,11 @@ print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code)
       extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
       const char *charset = locale_charset ();
 
-      is_utf8 = (charset != NULL && !strcmp (charset, UTF8_NAME));
+      is_utf8 = !strcmp (charset, UTF8_NAME);
 #if HAVE_ICONV
       if (!is_utf8)
 	{
-	  utf8_to_local = (charset != NULL
-			   ? iconv_open (charset, UTF8_NAME)
-			   : (iconv_t)(-1));
+	  utf8_to_local = iconv_open (charset, UTF8_NAME);
 	  if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
 	    {
 	      /* For an unknown encoding, assume ASCII.  */
@@ -170,7 +168,9 @@ print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code)
       outbytesleft = sizeof (outbuf);
 
       /* Convert the character from UTF-8 to the locale's charset.  */
-      res = iconv (utf8_to_local, &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft);
+      res = iconv (utf8_to_local,
+		   (ICONV_CONST char **)&inptr, &inbytesleft,
+		   &outptr, &outbytesleft);
       if (inbytesleft > 0 || res == (size_t)(-1)
 	  /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert. */
 # if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && (defined sgi || defined __sgi)

lib/unistd-safer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int dup_safer PARAMS ((int));

lib/userspec.c

@@ -40,6 +40,14 @@ char *alloca ();
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
@@ -57,6 +65,9 @@ char *alloca ();
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xstrtol.h"
+
 #if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>
 # define _(Text) gettext (Text)
@@ -79,6 +90,34 @@ struct group *getgrgid ();
 # define endpwent() ((void) 0)
 #endif
 
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+
+#ifndef UID_T_MAX
+# define UID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (uid_t)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GID_T_MAX
+# define GID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (gid_t)
+#endif
+
+/* MAXUID may come from limits.h or sys/params.h.  */
+#ifndef MAXUID
+# define MAXUID UID_T_MAX
+#endif
+#ifndef MAXGID
+# define MAXGID GID_T_MAX
+#endif
+
 /* Perform the equivalent of the statement `dest = strdup (src);',
    but obtaining storage via alloca instead of from the heap.  */
 
@@ -124,8 +163,8 @@ is_number (const char *str)
    use the given user's login group.
    If SPEC_ARG contains a `:', then use that as the separator, ignoring
    any `.'s.  If there is no `:', but there is a `.', then first look
-   up SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then try again
-   interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
+   up the entire SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then
+   try again interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
 
    USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory.
    Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not
@@ -137,7 +176,6 @@ const char *
 parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 		 char **username_arg, char **groupname_arg)
 {
-  static const char *E_no_memory = N_("virtual memory exhausted");
   static const char *E_invalid_user = N_("invalid user");
   static const char *E_invalid_group = N_("invalid group");
   static const char *E_bad_spec =
@@ -210,17 +248,20 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 	{
 
 	  if (!is_number (u))
-	    error_msg = _(E_invalid_user);
+	    error_msg = E_invalid_user;
 	  else
 	    {
 	      int use_login_group;
 	      use_login_group = (separator != NULL && g == NULL);
 	      if (use_login_group)
-		error_msg = _(E_bad_spec);
+		error_msg = E_bad_spec;
 	      else
 		{
-		  /* FIXME: don't use atoi!  */
-		  *uid = atoi (u);
+		  unsigned long int tmp_long;
+		  if (xstrtoul (u, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
+		      || tmp_long > MAXUID)
+		    return _(E_invalid_user);
+		  *uid = tmp_long;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
@@ -259,11 +300,14 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
       if (grp == NULL)
 	{
 	  if (!is_number (g))
-	    error_msg = _(E_invalid_group);
+	    error_msg = E_invalid_group;
 	  else
 	    {
-	      /* FIXME: don't use atoi!  */
-	      *gid = atoi (g);
+	      unsigned long int tmp_long;
+	      if (xstrtoul (g, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
+		  || tmp_long > MAXGID)
+		return _(E_invalid_group);
+	      *gid = tmp_long;
 	    }
 	}
       else
@@ -280,7 +324,7 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 	{
 	  *username_arg = strdup (u);
 	  if (*username_arg == NULL)
-	    error_msg = _(E_no_memory);
+	    error_msg = xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
 	}
 
       if (groupname != NULL && error_msg == NULL)
@@ -293,7 +337,7 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 		  free (*username_arg);
 		  *username_arg = NULL;
 		}
-	      error_msg = _(E_no_memory);
+	      error_msg = xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
 	    }
 	}
     }
@@ -306,7 +350,7 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
       goto retry;
     }
 
-  return error_msg;
+  return _(error_msg);
 }
 
 #ifdef TEST

lib/version-etc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to help print --version output in a consistent format.
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 /* Default copyright goes to the FSF. */
 
 char* version_etc_copyright =
-  N_("Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.");
+  N_("Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.");
 
 
 /* Display the --version information the standard way.

lib/xalloc.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
 extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
 
 /* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
-   message must be non-NULL.  It is translated via gettext.
-   The default value is "Memory exhausted".  */
-extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
+   message is output.  It is translated via gettext.
+   Its value is "memory exhausted".  */
+extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
 
 /* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.  It is
    in charge of honoring the three previous items.  This is the

lib/xgethostname.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xgethostname.c -- return current hostname with unlimited length
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,6 +30,10 @@ extern int errno;
 
 #include "error.h"
 
+#ifndef ENAMETOOLONG
+# define ENAMETOOLONG 9999
+#endif
+
 #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif
@@ -47,28 +51,26 @@ xgethostname ()
 {
   char *hostname;
   size_t size;
-  int err;
 
   size = INITIAL_HOSTNAME_LENGTH;
-  hostname = xmalloc (size);
+  /* Use size + 1 here rather than size to work around the bug
+     in SunOS5.5's gethostname whereby it NUL-terminates HOSTNAME
+     even when the name is longer than the supplied buffer.  */
+  hostname = xmalloc (size + 1);
   while (1)
     {
-      /* Use size - 2 here rather than size - 1 to work around the bug
-	 in SunOS5.5's gethostname whereby it NUL-terminates HOSTNAME
-	 even when the name is longer than the supplied buffer.  */
-      int k = size - 2;
+      int k = size - 1;
+      int err;
 
       errno = 0;
       hostname[k] = '\0';
       err = gethostname (hostname, size);
-      if (err == 0 && hostname[k] == '\0')
+      if (err >= 0 && hostname[k] == '\0')
 	break;
-#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
-      else if (err != 0 && errno != ENAMETOOLONG && errno != 0)
+      else if (err < 0 && errno != ENAMETOOLONG && errno != 0)
 	error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "gethostname");
-#endif
       size *= 2;
-      hostname = xrealloc (hostname, size);
+      hostname = xrealloc (hostname, size + 1);
     }
 
   return hostname;

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ void free ();
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
-you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
-you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
 #endif
 
 /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
 
 /* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
    before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
-char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted");
+char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
 
 void
 xalloc_die (void)
@@ -91,8 +91,7 @@ xmalloc (size_t n)
 }
 
 /* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
-   with error checking.
-   If P is NULL, run xmalloc.  */
+   with error checking.  */
 
 void *
 xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)

lib/xstat.in

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ void free ();
 
 char *xmalloc ();
 
-/* lstat works different on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
+/* lstat works differently on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
    `pathname resolution' in the glossary) requires that programs like `ls'
    take into consideration the fact that FILE has a trailing slash when
    FILE is a symbolic link.  On Linux systems, the lstat function already

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -199,6 +199,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'G': /* Giga */
+	case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
 	  break;
 
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'M': /* Mega */
-	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for backward compatibility only */
+	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
 	  break;
 
@@ -216,6 +217,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'T': /* Tera */
+	case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
 	  break;
 

m4/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,387 @@
+2001-05-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_READUTMP): Check for ut_type in struct utmpx.
+	Check for ut_type in struct utmp.
+
+2001-05-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.m4 (_jm_STRFTIME_PREREQS): Don't use AC_LIBOBJ(strftime),
+	now that we use the package-supplied version unconditionally.
+	(jm_FUNC_STRFTIME): Don't replace strftime, for the same reason.
+
+2001-05-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.m4: Change a couple backticks to single quotes to avoid shell
+	syntax errors.
+
+2001-05-19  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): Check for _WIN32, __WIN32__, and __MSDOS__.
+
+2001-05-11  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* m4/strftime.m4 (jm_FUNC_GNU_STRFTIME):
+	Don't bother to check library strftime, since
+	we'll be using our own my_strftime function anyway.
+	Define my_strftime instead of strftime.
+
+2001-05-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.m4: Use proper quoting so brackets appear in the test program.
+	Reported by, and with help from, Bruno Haible.
+
+2001-05-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (major_t, minor_t): Define to unsigned int if undefined.
+
+2000-11-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Do not check for fseeko; no longer used.
+
+2001-04-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rmdir-errno.m4: Write to a new file, so that a restrictive umask
+	doesn't interfere.
+
+2001-04-21  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* ftruncate.m4: Check for chsize.
+	Link with ftruncate.o unconditionally if ftruncate is missing.
+	This was required when cross-compiling to i586-mingw32msvc.
+
+2001-03-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Require autoconf-2.49d.
+
+2001-03-20  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+        * iconv.m4 (jm_ICONV): Recommend GNU libiconv.
+
+2001-03-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* memcmp.m4 (jm_AC_FUNC_MEMCMP): Remove my copy of AC_FUNC_MEMCMP,
+	now that the version in autoconf is equivalent.
+	(jm_FUNC_MEMCMP): Adjust to use AC_FUNC_MEMCMP.
+
+	* error.m4 (jm_PREREQ_ERROR): Invoke AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R.
+	Suggestion from Akim Demaille.
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Add jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME.
+	(jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME): New function.
+
+2001-02-25  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Use mkstemp replacement if the system
+	lacks mkstemp.  Compile our own tempname.c if we compile our own
+	mkstemp.c, as mkstemp relies on tempname.
+
+2001-03-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): Remove extra backslashes, now that
+	AH_VERBATIM really does output its argument verbatim.
+
+2001-02-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS): Check for sys/resource.h.
+
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Don't check for
+	getmntent via AC_CHECK_FUNCS, since that would get a `no' and disrupt
+	further attempts by AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT to check with e.g., -lgen on
+	UnixWare 7.1.1.
+
+	* mbrtowc.m4 (jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC): Adapt to use AC_CACHE_CHECK etc.,
+	rather than AC_CACHE_VAL.
+
+2001-02-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbrtowc.m4: New file, defining jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC.
+	* mbswidth.m4 (jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH):
+	Use jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC, not AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mbrtowc).
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG): Likewise.
+
+2001-02-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.m4 (jm_INCLUDED_REGEX): Add a test for the latest bug.
+
+2001-02-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Require autoconf-2.14d (not yet released), because
+	it includes the patch required for `large file' support with at least
+	HP-UX's 10.20 /bin/cc.
+
+2001-02-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Restore prior use of
+	AS_IF, now that it works once again (mysteriously).
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Don't use filenames that are 8.3-equivalent to "conftest" on DOS.
+	* chown.m4: Rename conftestchown to conftest.chown.
+	* rename.m4: s/conftestdir/conftest.d1/ and s/conftestdir2/conftest.d2/.
+	* utimes.m4: s/conftestdata/conftest.data/
+	Inspired by Pavel Roskin's change in autoconf.
+
+2001-01-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Open-code what was
+	a use of AS_IF.
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG): Check for stddef.h, now that
+	quotearg.c includes it.
+
+2001-01-15  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* iconv.m4 (jm_ICONV): Also check whether the iconv declaration
+	has const.
+
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Be sure that headers are checked before used in code compiled
+	for the type checks.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Remove all header checks.
+	In place of that, invoke jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	(jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS): New functions with the above checks.
+	(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): Require jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS.
+	Alan Iwi reported a build failure on an f300-fujitsu-uxpv4.1_ES;
+	The check for ssize_t was mistakenly run before the test for unistd.h.
+
+	The configure-time check for stdbool.h was missing.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Add jm_PREREQ_HASH.
+	(jm_PREREQ_HASH): New function.
+
+2001-01-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Use AS_IF, not AS_IFELSE,
+	for autoconf-2.49c.
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rename.m4: Use temporary directories named conftestdir{,2}, not
+	foo and bar.  Create conftestdir/ in the script, not in the C code.
+	Remove directories in the script, not in the C code.
+	Remove conftestdir{,2} before trying to create the directory.
+	Make the entire configure script fail if the mkdir fails.
+
+2001-01-02  Volker Borchert  <bt@teknon.de>
+
+	* rename.m4: New file.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Require vb_FUNC_RENAME.
+
+2001-01-01  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* libintl.m4 (AM_GNU_GETTEXT): Define MKINSTALLDIRS by
+	expanding the value of $ac_aux_dir, as in AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN,
+	so `make install' also works in VPATH builds.
+
+2001-01-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_READUTMP): Include utmp.h (if available), even
+	on systems with utmpx.h.  It's necessary for the declaration of utmp's
+	ut_user member.  Reported by Andreas Jaeger.
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (jm_CHECK_DECLS): Include grp.h and pwd.h if available.
+	They are required for the declarations of getgrgid and getpwuid resp.
+	(_jm_DECL_HEADERS): Check for grp.h and pwd.h.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger.
+
+2000-12-25  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* libintl.m4 (AM_WITH_NLS): When using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR,
+	prepend $(top_srcdir) to the value of MKINSTALLDIRS so that it
+	can be used in subdirectories.
+
+2000-12-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): Rewrite (though it's still a stub) to work better
+	with autoheader.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): New file and macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Require jm_AC_DOS.
+
+2000-12-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4: Remove this file.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Remove jm_SYS_OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT.
+
+2000-12-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstrtoumax.m4 (jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX): If we need the replacement
+	strtoull, we may well need the replacement strtoul, too.
+	Check for declarations of strtoul and strtoull.
+	Check for strtol.  Mainly as a cue to cause automake to include
+	strtol.c -- that file is included by each of strtoul.c and strtoull.c.
+	Check for limits.h -- strtol.c needs it.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4 (OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING): New file/macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): require it.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Check for stdint.h.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4: s/ifval/m4_ifval/ to accommodate new autoconf.
+
+2000-11-03  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Add test for wcrtomb.
+
+2000-11-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.m4: Use the `m4_' prefix on `syscmd' and `m4_sysval'.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* fsusage.m4: s/AC_SHELL_IFELSE/AS_IFELSE/ to match autoconf renaming.
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4: Likewise
+
+2000-10-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Add jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR.
+	(jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR): New function.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (jm_CHECK_DECLS): Also check for memrchr.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME): New macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add memrchr.
+
+2000-09-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4 (AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG): Restore the initial value of LIBS.
+	Otherwise, everyone ends up linking with -lelf for some configurations.
+	Reported by Mike Stone.
+
+2000-08-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Use jm_FUNC_FPENDING.
+	* fpending.m4: New file.
+
+2000-08-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* check-decl.m4: Include utmp.h `#if HAVE_UTMP_H', rather than
+	`#if !HAVE_UTMPX_H'.  The latter would lose on systems with neither
+	utmp.h nor utmpx.h.  Reported by Eli Zaretskii.
+
+2000-08-11  J. David Anglin  <dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca>
+
+	Improve fileutils installation on systems where running
+	programs (like install) can't be unlinked.
+	* unlink-busy.m4 (jm_FUNC_UNLINK_BUSY_TEXT): New file/macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4: Use jm_FUNC_UNLINK_BUSY_TEXT.
+
+2000-08-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbstate_t.m4 (AC_MBSTATE_T): Define mbstate_t to be int,
+	not char, for compatibility with glibc 2.1.3 strftime.c.
+
+2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbswidth.m4 (jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH): Check for wcwidth declaration.
+
+2000-07-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (jm_CHECK_DECLS): Check for declarations of these, too:
+	getgrgid, getpwuid, getuid.
+
+2000-07-16  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbswidth.m4: New file.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Call jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH.
+
+2000-07-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstrtoumax.m4 (jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX): Require jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T.
+
+2000-07-10  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	From a suggestion by Bruno Haible.
+	* mbstate_t.m4 (AC_MBSTATE_T):
+	Renamed from AC_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT.  All uses changed.
+	Change from a two-part test, which defines both HAVE_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT
+	and mbstate_t, to a single-part test that simply defines mbstate_t.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG): s/AC_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT/AC_MBSTATE_T/.
+
+2000-07-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strerror_r.m4: Mirror the correction made in autoconf.
+
+	* gnu-source.m4: Output to confdefs.h directly.
+	Suggestion from Akim Demaille.
+
+2000-07-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Add a test to see if -lm is required
+	to link seq.  If so, set SEQ_LIBM to -lm.  From Bruno Haible.
+
+	* gnu-source.m4 (AC__GNU_SOURCE): New file/macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): Require it.
+
+2000-07-05  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* strerror_r.m4 (AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R): Pass a reasonably large buffer
+	to strerror_r.
+	Include <ctype.h> for use of isalpha.
+
+2000-07-05  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+	and Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbstate_t.m4 (AC_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT): Test for mbstate_t
+	only if the test for an object-type mbstate_t fails.  This
+	prevents us from mistakenly reporting that mbstate_t is a
+	system object type after we "#define mbstate_t int" to work
+	around its lack.
+
+2000-07-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Use plain old `echo' instead
+	of the deprecated AC_CHECKING.
+
+2000-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (AC_CHECK_DECLS): Add strnlen.
+
+2000-07-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbstate_t.m4 (AC_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT): Port to autoconf 2.13.
+	Add AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h), since we use HAVE_STDLIB_H.
+
+2000-07-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* mbstate_t.m4: Also define mbstate_t, if necessary.
+
+	* chown.m4: Replace each use of AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)/LIBOBJS=... with
+	AC_LIBOBJ(function_name).
+	* chown.m4: Likewise.
+	* fnmatch.m4: Likewise.
+	* ftruncate.m4: Likewise.
+	* getgroups.m4: Likewise.
+	* getline.m4: Likewise.
+	* group-member.m4: Likewise.
+	* jm-macros.m4: Likewise.
+	* lstat.m4: Likewise.
+	* malloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* memcmp.m4: Likewise.
+	* nanosleep.m4: Likewise.
+	* putenv.m4: Likewise.
+	* realloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* regex.m4: Likewise.
+	* stat.m4: Likewise.
+	* strftime.m4: Likewise.
+
 2000-07-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* ls-mntd-fs.m4: Remove a `FIXME' comment and fix the associated
@@ -107,7 +491,7 @@
 2000-05-26  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
 
 	* glibc21.m4: New file.
-	* jm-macros.m4: (jm_MACROS): Call jm_GLIBC21.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Call jm_GLIBC21.
 
 2000-05-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
@@ -158,7 +542,7 @@
 	* rmdir-errno.m4 (fetish_FUNC_RMDIR_NOTEMPTY): New macro and file.
 	* jm-macros.m4: Require fetish_FUNC_RMDIR_NOTEMPTY.
 
-	* nanosleep.m4: (jm_FUNC_NANOSLEEP): Save and restore LIBS around
+	* nanosleep.m4 (jm_FUNC_NANOSLEEP): Save and restore LIBS around
 	AC_SEARCH_LIBS call for nanosleep.
 	(LIB_NANOSLEEP): Set and AC_SUBST.
 
@@ -207,13 +591,13 @@
 2000-04-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	Get it right :-)
-	* jm-macros.m4: (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES) [_GNU_SOURCE]: Emit the
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES) [_GNU_SOURCE]: Emit the
 	actual #define via AH_VERBATIM.  Don't need separate AC_DEFINE.
 	Suggestion from Akim Demaille.
 
 2000-04-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
-	* jm-macros.m4: (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES) [_GNU_SOURCE]: Use the one-arg form
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES) [_GNU_SOURCE]: Use the one-arg form
 	of AC_DEFINE.  Otherwise, the #ifndef in AH_VERBATIM gets clobbered.
 
 2000-04-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
@@ -342,7 +726,7 @@
 
 2000-02-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
-	* jm-macros.m4: (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): Require most macros.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): Require most macros.
 	Remove explicit use of AC_HEADER_TIME.  It is required by
 	jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC.  Using AC_HEADER_TIME and
 	`AC_REQUIRE'ing jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC provoked a but
@@ -403,10 +787,10 @@
 	(jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Take two parameters.
 
 	* ftruncate.m4: New file (derived from part of fileutils/configure.in).
-	* jm-macros.m4: (jm_FUNC_FTRUNCATE): AC_REQUIRE it.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_FUNC_FTRUNCATE): AC_REQUIRE it.
 	(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): Require AC_HEADER_MAJOR and AC_HEADER_DIRENT.
 
-	* jm-macros.m4: (OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS, OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS, MAN):
+	* jm-macros.m4 (OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS, OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS, MAN):
 	AC_SUBST these here, rather than just in sh-util/configure.in, so
 	that the now-shared-by-fileutils-and-textutils lib/Makefile.am are
 	all the same.
@@ -496,7 +880,7 @@
 
 	* d-type.m4 (jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE): Rename from
 	jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE.
-	* d-ino.m4: (jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO): Rename from
+	* d-ino.m4 (jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO): Rename from
 	jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO.
 	* utimbuf.m4 (jm_CHECK_TYPE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF): Rename from
 	jm_STRUCT_UTIMBUF.
@@ -685,7 +1069,7 @@
 
 1999-07-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
 
-	* jm-macros.m4: (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Check for getpagesize.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Check for getpagesize.
 
 1999-05-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@ascend.com>
 

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
+fpending.m4 \
 fstypename.m4 \
 fsusage.m4 \
 ftruncate.m4 \
@@ -21,6 +23,7 @@ getline.m4 \
 getloadavg.m4 \
 glibc.m4 \
 glibc21.m4 \
+gnu-source.m4 \
 group-member.m4 \
 iconv.m4 \
 inttypes_h.m4 \
@@ -38,7 +41,9 @@ link-follow.m4 \
 ls-mntd-fs.m4 \
 lstat.m4 \
 malloc.m4 \
+mbrtowc.m4 \
 mbstate_t.m4 \
+mbswidth.m4 \
 memcmp.m4 \
 nanosleep.m4 \
 perl.m4 \
@@ -48,6 +53,7 @@ putenv.m4 \
 readdir.m4 \
 realloc.m4 \
 regex.m4 \
+rename.m4 \
 rmdir-errno.m4 \
 search-libs.m4 \
 st_dm_mode.m4 \
@@ -58,6 +64,7 @@ strftime.m4 \
 timespec.m4 \
 uintmax_t.m4 \
 ulonglong.m4 \
+unlink-busy.m4 \
 uptime.m4 \
 utimbuf.m4 \
 utime.m4 \

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4g from Makefile.am.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,6 +11,8 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
+@SET_MAKE@
+
 SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
@@ -30,11 +33,9 @@ infodir = @infodir@
 mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
-
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-
 top_builddir = ..
 
 ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
@@ -46,28 +47,22 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
 PRE_INSTALL = :
 POST_INSTALL = :
 NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
 PRE_UNINSTALL = :
 POST_UNINSTALL = :
-
-@SET_MAKE@
 host_alias = @host_alias@
 host_triplet = @host@
-AMDEP = @AMDEP@
 AMTAR = @AMTAR@
 AWK = @AWK@
 CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
 CPP = @CPP@
-CXX = @CXX@
-CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
 DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
@@ -81,6 +76,7 @@ GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
@@ -91,7 +87,6 @@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
 LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
 LIB_CRYPT = @LIB_CRYPT@
 LIB_NANOSLEEP = @LIB_NANOSLEEP@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
 MAN = @MAN@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
@@ -104,16 +99,18 @@ POFILES = @POFILES@
 POSUB = @POSUB@
 POW_LIBM = @POW_LIBM@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SEQ_LIBM = @SEQ_LIBM@
 SQRT_LIBM = @SQRT_LIBM@
 U = @U@
 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
 USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
+_am_include = @_am_include@
+_am_quote = @_am_quote@
 install_sh = @install_sh@
 l = @l@
 
-
 EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in \
 afs.m4 \
 assert.m4 \
@@ -124,8 +121,10 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
+fpending.m4 \
 fstypename.m4 \
 fsusage.m4 \
 ftruncate.m4 \
@@ -134,6 +133,7 @@ getline.m4 \
 getloadavg.m4 \
 glibc.m4 \
 glibc21.m4 \
+gnu-source.m4 \
 group-member.m4 \
 iconv.m4 \
 inttypes_h.m4 \
@@ -151,7 +151,9 @@ link-follow.m4 \
 ls-mntd-fs.m4 \
 lstat.m4 \
 malloc.m4 \
+mbrtowc.m4 \
 mbstate_t.m4 \
+mbswidth.m4 \
 memcmp.m4 \
 nanosleep.m4 \
 perl.m4 \
@@ -161,6 +163,7 @@ putenv.m4 \
 readdir.m4 \
 realloc.m4 \
 regex.m4 \
+rename.m4 \
 rmdir-errno.m4 \
 search-libs.m4 \
 st_dm_mode.m4 \
@@ -171,41 +174,48 @@ strftime.m4 \
 timespec.m4 \
 uintmax_t.m4 \
 ulonglong.m4 \
+unlink-busy.m4 \
 uptime.m4 \
 utimbuf.m4 \
 utime.m4 \
 utimes.m4 \
 xstrtoumax.m4
 
+EXEEXT =
+OBJEXT = o
 subdir = m4
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
-CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-DIST_SOURCES = 
-DIST_COMMON =  README ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DIST_COMMON = README ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in
+all: all-am
 
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-GZIP_ENV = --best
-all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits m4/Makefile
-
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits  m4/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && \
+	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
+	  CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+uninstall-info-am:
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:
 
 
-distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
 
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
-	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
 	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
 	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
 	    || exit 1; \
@@ -215,66 +225,80 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	    || exit 1; \
 	  fi; \
 	done
-info-am:
-info: info-am
-dvi-am:
-dvi: dvi-am
 check-am: all-am
 check: check-am
-installcheck-am:
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-exec-am:
-install-exec: install-exec-am
+all-am: Makefile
 
-install-data-am:
+installdirs:
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
 
 install-am: all-am
 	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-install: install-am
-uninstall-am:
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-all-am: Makefile
-all-redirect: all-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
-installdirs:
-
-
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
 mostlyclean-generic:
 
 clean-generic:
 
 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile.in
-mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-clean-am:  clean-generic mostlyclean-am
-
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 clean: clean-am
 
-distclean-am:  distclean-generic clean-am
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
 distclean: distclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
 
 maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
 
-.PHONY: tags distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \
-installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
-install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
-all-redirect all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
-distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
-mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
 
 
 Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
@@ -287,7 +311,6 @@ Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
 	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
 	chmod a-w $@t
 	mv $@t $@
-
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT: